# CHED Memorandum Order No. 92, Series of 2017
**Policies, Standards and Guidelines for the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering (BSCE) Program**
**Official reference:** https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf
**Working PDF:** 186-page image scan, SHA-256 `c29661c8db7f4dca9fba1dada154401bab7498fd34d6e39b1eddc1786382fb81`
> **AUDIT STATUS — NOT CERTIFIED.** The source contains 186 scanned pages. Annex II pages 32–35 have now undergone an independent visual identity review of all 340 occupied `I/E/D` cells with no confirmed designation discrepancies; the 635 blank positions were checked computationally. This DOES NOT verify the text word by word on all 186 pages, and printed equipment/quantity associations remain unresolved in parts of Annex IV. See `CMO_92_s2017_STRICT_MANUAL_AUDIT_STATUS_20261010.md`. Do not use as a fully certified regulatory transcription.
**Important transcription convention:** `*Blank in source*` denotes an empty printed quantity or unit field, **not** zero. Technical terms, unusual quantities and source-specific spellings are preserved rather than silently repaired using outside assumptions.
---
## PDF Page 1
[View the original scanned page 1](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=1)
Republic of the Philippines
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
COMMISSION ON HIGHER EDUCATION
CHED MEMORANDUM ORDER
No. 92
Series of 2017
**SUBJECT: POLICIES, STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (BSCE) PROGRAM EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC YEAR (AY) 2018-2019**
In accordance with the pertinent provisions of Republic Act (RA) No. 7722, otherwise known as the “Higher Education Act of 1994,” in pursuance of an outcomes-based quality assurance system as advocated under CMO 46 s. 2012 (Policy-Standard to Enhance Quality Assurance (QA) in Philippine Higher Education through an Outcomes-Based and Typology-Based Quality Assurance) and as addendum to CMO 37, s. 2012 (Establishment of an Outcomes-Based Educational System in Higher Education Institutions offering Engineering Programs), and by virtue of Commission en banc Resolution No. 788-2017 dated October 24, 2017 the following Policies, Standards and Guidelines (PSG) are hereby adopted and promulgated by the Commission.
### ARTICLE I — INTRODUCTION
**Section 1. Rationale**
Based on the *Guidelines for the Implementation of CMO No. 46 series of 2012* and CMO 37 s. 2012, this PSG implements shift to outcomes based education leading to competency based standards. It specifies the “core competencies” expected of BSCE Engineering graduates “regardless of the type of Higher Education Institutions (HEI) they graduate from.” However, in recognition of outcomes-based education (OBE) and the typology of HEIs, this PSG also provide ample space for HEIs to innovate in the curriculum in line with the assessment of how best to achieve learning outcomes in their particular contexts and their respective missions.
### ARTICLE II — AUTHORITY TO OPERATE
**Section 2. Government Recognition**
All private higher education institutions (PHEIs) intending to offer BSCE must first secure proper authority from the Commission in accordance with this PSG. All PHEIs with an existing BSCE program are required to shift to an outcomes-based approach based on CMO 37 s. 2012 and guided by this PSG. State universities and colleges (SUCs), and local universities and colleges (LUCs) should likewise strictly adhere to the provisions in these policies and standards.
*CHED header logos, official-release stamp, and printed contact footer appear on this page; see original page image for graphical details.*
---
## PDF Page 2
[View the original scanned page 2](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=2)
### ARTICLE III — GENERAL PROVISIONS
Per Section 13 of RA 7722, the higher education institution shall exercise academic freedom in its curricular offerings but must comply with the minimum requirements for specific academic programs, the general education distribution requirements and the specific professional courses.
**Section 3. Minimum Standards**
The Articles that follow give minimum standards and other requirements and guidelines. The minimum standards are expressed as a minimum set of desired program outcomes which are given in Article IV Section 6. CHED designed a curriculum to attain such outcomes. This curriculum is shown in Article V Section 10 and Section 11 as **sample curriculum**. The number of units of this curriculum is here prescribed as the “minimum unit requirement” under Section 13 of RA 7722. To assure alignment of the curriculum with the program outcomes, this PSG provides a sample curriculum map in Article V Section 12 for the HEI to refer to in compliance with the implementing guidelines of CMO 37, s. 2012.
Using a learner-centered/outcomes-based approach, CHED provided a description of Outcomes-Based Teaching and Learning delivery method in Article V Section 13. A sample course syllabus is also given in Article V Section 14 as support to the outcomes-based delivery method.
Based on the curriculum and the means of its delivery, CHED determines the physical resource requirements for the library, laboratories and other facilities and the human resource requirements in terms of Administration and faculty. These are provided for in Article VI.
**Section 4. Curriculum Design**
HEIs are allowed to design curricula suited to their own contexts and missions provided that they can demonstrate that the same leads to the attainment of the required minimum set of outcomes, albeit by a different route. In the same vein, they have latitude in terms of curriculum delivery and in terms of specification and deployment of human and physical resources as long as they can show that the attainment of the program outcomes and satisfaction of program educational objectives can be assured by the alternative means they propose.
The HEIs can use the **CHED Implementation Handbook for Outcomes-Based Education (OBE) and the Institutional Sustainability Assessment (ISA)** as a guide in making their submissions for Sections 19 to 24 of Article VII.
*PSG for BSCE — Page 2 of 23*
---
## PDF Page 3
[View the original scanned page 3](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=3)
ARTICLE IV
PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS
Section 5. Program Description
5.1 Degree Name
The degree program described herein shall be called Bachelor of
Science in Civil Engineering (BSCE)
5.2 Nature of the Field of Study
Civil Engineering is a profession that applies the basic principles
of science in conjunction with mathematical and computational
tools to solve problems associated with developing and
sustaining civilized life on our planet. Civil Engineering works are
generally one-of-a-kind projects: they are often grand in scale;
and they usually require cooperation among professionals of
many different disciplines. The completion of a civil engineering
project involves the solution of technical problems in which
information from numerous sources and myriad non-technical
factors play a significant role. Some of the most common
examples of civil engineering works include bridges, buildings,
dams, airports and hangars, ports and harbors, highways and
railways, tunnels, river and shore improvements, lighthouses,
drydocks, irrigations, flood protection, drainage, water supply, and
towers. Enumeration of any work in this section shall not be
construed as excluding any other work requiring civil engineering
knowledge and application.
Civil Engineering is one of the broadest engineering disciplines
both in terms of the range of problems that fall within its purview
and in the range of knowledge required to solve those problems.
5.3 Program Educational Objectives
Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) are broad statements
that describe the career and professional accomplishments that
the program is preparing graduates to achieve within three to five
years from graduation. PEOs are based on the needs of the
program's constituencies and these shall be determined,
articulated, and disseminated to the general public by the unit or
department of the HEI offering the BSCE program. The PEOs
should also be assessed and evaluated periodically for continuing
quality improvement.
5.4 Specific Professions/Careers/Occupations for Graduates
The scope of the practice of Civil Engineering is defined in the
Civil Engineering Law of 1950 or R.A. 544 and embrace services
PSG for BSCE Page 3 of 23
---
## PDF Page 4
[View the original scanned page 4](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=4)
in the form of consultation, design, preparation of plans,
specifications, estimates, erection, installation and supervision of
the construction of streets, bridges, highways, railroads, airports
and hangars, port works, canals, river and shore improvements,
lighthouses, and dry docks; buildings, fixed structures for
irrigation, flood protection, drainage, water supply and sewerage
works; demolition of permanent structures; and tunnels. The
enumeration of any work in this section shall not be construed as
excluding any other work requiring civil engineering knowledge
and application.
The teaching of professional civil engineering subjects in the
curriculum of the BSCE degree or a subject in the Civil
Engineering licensure examination given in any school, college,
university or other CHED recognized educational institution is
also considered as practice of Civil Engineering.
5.5 Allied Programs
The allied programs to BSCE are Architecture, Electrical
Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Computer Engineering,
Geodetic Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Management
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Sanitary Engineering.
Section 6. Institutional and Program Outcomes
The minimum standards for the BSCE program are expressed in the
following minimum set of institutional and BSCE program outcomes.
The Program Outcomes also conform to the Level 6 Descriptors as
specified in the Philippine Qualifications Framework (PQF).
6.1 Institutional outcomes
a) Graduates of professional institutions must demonstrate a
service orientation in one’s profession,
b) Graduates of colleges must participate in various types of
employment, development activities, and public discourses,
particularly in response to the needs of the communities one
serves
c) Graduates of universities, in addition must participate in the
generation of new knowledge or in research and development
projects
d) Graduates of State Universities and Colleges and Local
Universities and Colleges must, in addition, have the
competencies to support “national, regional and local
development plans.” (RA 7722).
e) Graduates of higher educational institutions must preserve
and promote the Filipino historical and cultural heritage.
PSG for BSCE Page 4 of 23
---
## PDF Page 5
[View the original scanned page 5](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=5)
### 6.2. BSCE Program Outcomes
By the time of graduation, the students of the program shall have the ability to:
a) apply knowledge of mathematics and science to solve complex civil engineering problems;
b) design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data;
c) design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints, in accordance with standards;
d) function in multidisciplinary and multi-cultural teams;
e) identify, formulate, and solve complex civil engineering problems;
f) understand professional and ethical responsibility;
g) communicate effectively civil engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large;
h) understand the impact of civil engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context
i) recognize the need for, and engage in life-long learning
j) know contemporary issues;
k) use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for civil engineering practice;
l) know and understand engineering and management principles as a member and leader of a team, and to manage projects in a multidisciplinary environment;
m) Understand at least one specialized field of civil engineering practice
A PHEI, SUC, or LUC, at its option, may adopt mission-related program outcomes that are not included in the minimum set.
Annex I presents the Competency Standards, Attributes and competencies of a Civil Engineer which should result from the program outcomes stated above.
### Section 7. Sample Performance Indicators/Criteria
Performance Indicators (PIs) are specific, measurable statements identifying the performance(s) required to meet the outcome; confirmable through evidence.
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 5*
---
## PDF Page 6
[View the original scanned page 6](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=6)
### Table 1. Sample Performance Indicators of a Program Outcome
**Program Outcome e:** Ability to identify, formulate, and solve complex civil engineering problems.
| No. | Performance indicators |
|---:|---|
| 1 | Identify problem/s in a community that requires expertise in Civil Engineering based on needs assessment |
| 2 | Formulate problem statement, objectives, scope and limitations and identify resources required to solve the problem/s |
| 3 | Provide technical solution/s to the problem that is acceptable to the stakeholders. Use of appropriate modern tools to solve the problems must be demonstrated |
**Section 8. Program Assessment and Evaluation**
Program Assessment refers to one or more processes that identify, collect, and prepare data to evaluate the attainment of Program Outcomes and Program Educational Objectives.
Program Evaluation pertains to one or more processes for interpreting the data and evidence accumulated from the assessment. Evaluation determines the extent at which the Program Outcomes and the Program Educational Objectives are achieved by comparing actual achievement versus set targets and standards. Evaluation results in decisions and actions regarding the continuous improvement of the program.
All HEIs are encouraged to form a Consultative Body to be part of the assessment and evaluation processes to be represented by the stakeholders.
**8.1 Assessment and Evaluation of PEOs**
The Assessment of Program Educational Objectives may include the following: the stakeholders of the program have to be contacted through surveys or focus group discussion to obtain feedback data on the extent of the achievement of the PEOs.
**8.2 Assessment and Evaluation of POs**
In the case of Program Outcomes Assessment, the defined Performance indicators shall be connected to Key Courses (usually the Demonstrating or “D” courses in the Curriculum map), and an appropriate Assessment Methods (AM) may be applied. These methods may be direct or indirect depending on whether the demonstration of learning was measured by actual observation
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 6*
---
## PDF Page 7
[View the original scanned page 7](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=7)
and authentic work of the student or through gathered opinions from the student or his peers. Refer to Table 2.
### Table 2. Sample Matrix Linking Performance Indicators with Key Courses and Assessment Methods
| No. | Performance indicators | Key courses | Assessment tools |
|---:|---|---|---|
| 1 | Identify problem/s in a community that requires expertise in Civil Engineering based on needs assessment | CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric |
| 2 | Formulate problem statement, objectives, scope and limitations and identify resources required to solve the problem/s | CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric |
| 3 | Provide technical solution/s to the problem that is acceptable to the stakeholders. Use of appropriate modern tools to solve the problems must be demonstrated | CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric |
### Table 3. Sample Matrix Linking Assessment Methods with Targets and Standards
| Key courses | Assessment tools | Targets and standards |
|---|---|---|
| CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric | 70% of the students shall have a rating of at least 80% |
| CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric | 70% of the students shall have a rating of at least 80% |
| CE Project | OBE Assessment Rubric | 70% of the students shall have a rating of at least 80% |
*Note: The values on the Target and Standards are just examples.*
Other Methods of Program Assessment and Evaluation may be found in the CHED Implementation Handbook for Outcomes-Based Education (OBE) and Institutional Sustainability Assessment (ISA).
**Section 9. Continuous Quality Improvement**
There shall be a documented process for the assessment and evaluation of program educational objectives and program outcomes.
The comparison of achieved performance indicators with declared targets or standards of performance should serve as basis for the priority projects or programs for improving the weak performance
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 7*
---
## PDF Page 8
[View the original scanned page 8](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=8)
indicators. Such projects and programs shall be documented as well as the results of its implementation. This regular cycle of documentation of projects, programs for remediation and their successful implementation shall serve as the evidence for Continuous Quality Improvement (CQI).
### ARTICLE V — CURRICULUM
**Section 10. Curriculum Description**
The Civil Engineering curriculum is designed to prepare graduates to apply knowledge of mathematics, calculus-based physics, chemistry, and at least one additional area of basic science, consistent with the BSCE Program Educational Objectives; apply knowledge of technical areas appropriate to civil engineering; conduct civil engineering experiments and analyze and interpret the resulting data; design a system component, or process in more than one civil engineering context; explain basic concepts in management, business, public policy, and leadership; and explain the importance of professional licensure.
The CE curriculum has five (5) tracks of specialization. It is designed to prepare graduates in accordance with the institutional and program outcomes discussed in Article IV Section 6 in 5 Areas of Specialization of Civil Engineering courses.
The curriculum has a minimum total of 171 credit units, comprising of 121 units of technical courses. These technical courses include 15 units of mathematics, 10 units of natural/physical sciences, 23 units of basic engineering sciences, 6 units of allied courses, 49 units of professional courses (common), 15 units of professional courses (specialized) and 3 units On-the-Job-Training (OJT).
The non-technical courses in accordance with CMO 20 s. 2013 - The New General Education Curriculum consists of 36 units of general education courses distributed as follows: 24 units of core courses, 9 units of GEC electives, and 3 units of Life and Works of Rizal.
The new GEC also includes 8 units of Physical Education (PE), and 6 units of National Service Training Program (NSTP).
**Section 11. Minimum Curriculum**
**11.1. Components:**
Below is the minimum curriculum of the BSCE program. The institution may enrich the minimum curriculum depending on the needs of the industry and community, provided that all prescribed courses are offered and pre-requisite and co-requisite are observed.
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 8*
---
## PDF Page 9
[View the original scanned page 9](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=9)
### Minimum curricular requirements (continued on page 10)
| Classification / Field / Course | Minimum lecture hours | Minimum lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Minimum credit units |
|---|---:|---:|---:|
| **I. TECHNICAL COURSES** | | | |
| **A. Mathematics** | | | |
| Calculus 1 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Calculus 2 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Differential Equations | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Engineering Data Analysis | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Numerical Solutions to CE Problems | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| **Mathematics Sub-Total** | **14** | **3** | **15** |
| **B. Natural/Physical Sciences** | | | |
| Chemistry for Engineers | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Physics for Engineers (Calculus-based) | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Geology for Civil Engineers | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| **Natural/Physical Sciences Sub-Total** | **8** | **6** | **10** |
| **C. Basic Engineering Sciences** | | | |
| Civil Engineering Orientation | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| Engineering Drawing and Plans | 0 | 3 | 1 |
| Computer Fundamentals and Programming | 0 | 6 | 2 |
| Computer-Aided Drafting | 0 | 3 | 1 |
| Statics of Rigid Bodies | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Dynamics of Rigid Bodies | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| Mechanics of Deformable Bodies | 4 | 0 | 4 |
| Engineering Economics | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Technopreneurship 101 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Engineering Management | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| **Basic Engineering Sciences Sub-Total** | **19** | **12** | **23** |
| **D. Allied Courses** | | | |
| Engineering Utilities 1 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Engineering Utilities 2 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| **Allied Courses Sub-Total** | **6** | **0** | **6** |
| **E. Professional Courses — Common** | | | |
| Fundamentals of Surveying | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Construction Materials and Testing | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| Structural Theory | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Highway and Railroad Engineering | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Building Systems Design | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| Principles of Steel Design | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| Principles of Reinforced/Prestressed Concrete | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Hydraulics | 4 | 3 | 5 |
| Hydrology | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| CE Law, Ethics and Contracts | 2 | 0 | 2 |
| Geotechnical Engineering 1 (Soil Mechanics) | 3 | 3 | 4 |
| Principles of Transportation Engineering | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Quantity Surveying | 1 | 3 | 2 |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 9 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 10
[View the original scanned page 10](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=10)
### Minimum curricular requirements (continued from page 9)
| Classification / Field / Course | Minimum lecture hours | Minimum lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Minimum credit units |
|---|---:|---:|---:|
| Construction Methods and Project Management | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| CE Project 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 |
| CE Project 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 |
| **Professional Courses — Common Sub-Total** | **38** | **33** | **49** |
| **F. Professional Courses — Specialized (HEI to offer at least four courses in each area of chosen specialization)** | | | |
| **Specialized Courses Sub-Total** | **15** | **0** | **15** |
| **G. On-the-Job Training (minimum of 240 hours)** | **2** | **3** | **3** |
| **On-the-Job Training Sub-Total** | **2** | **3** | **3** |
| **TOTAL TECHNICAL COURSES** | **102** | **57** | **121** |
| **II. NON-TECHNICAL COURSES** | | | |
| **A. General Education (Please refer to CMO 20, s. 2013)** | | | |
| Science, Technology, and Society | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Readings in Philippine History | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Mathematics in the Modern World | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Contemporary World | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Understanding the Self | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Purposive Communication | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Art Appreciation | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Ethics | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| **General Education Sub-Total** | **24** | **0** | **24** |
| **B. GEC Elective/Mandated Courses** | | | |
| GE Elective | 9 | 0 | 9 |
| Life and Works of Rizal | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| **GEC Elective/Mandated Courses Sub-Total** | **12** | **0** | **12** |
| **C. Physical Education** | | | |
| Physical Education 1, 2, 3 and 4 | 8 | 0 | 8 |
| **Physical Education Sub-Total** | **8** | **0** | **8** |
| **D. National Service Training Program** | | | |
| NSTP 1 and 2 | 6 | 0 | 6 |
| **NSTP Sub-Total** | **6** | **0** | **6** |
| **TOTAL NON-TECHNICAL COURSES** | **50** | **0** | **50** |
| **GRAND TOTAL** | **152** | **57** | **171** |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 10 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 11
[View the original scanned page 11](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=11)
### SUGGESTED PROFESSIONAL COURSES - SPECIALIZED:
**A. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT**
- Project Construction and Management
- Advanced Construction Methods & Equipment
- Construction Cost Engineering
- Database Management in Construction
- Construction Occupational Safety and Health (COSH)
**B. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING**
- Geotechnical Engineering 2 (Rock Mechanics)
- Foundation Engineering
- Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering
- Ground Improvement
**C. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING**
- Computer Softwares in Structural Analysis
- Earthquake Engineering
- Design of Steel Structures
- Reinforced Concrete Design
- Prestressed Concrete Design
- Structural Design of Towers and Other Vert. Structures
- Bridge Engineering
- Foundation and Retaining Wall Design
**D. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING**
- Transportation Systems Planning and Design
- Highway Engineering
- Airport Design
- Ports and Harbors
**E. WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING**
- Water Resources Engineering
- Flood Control and Drainage Design
- Irrigation Engineering
- Water Supply Planning and Development
- Coastal Engineering
- River Engineering
- Ground Water Flow Modeling
Other Professional Courses- Specialized shall be offered and developed by the HEIs in accordance with their needs. The corresponding course description shall be likewise submitted to CHED.
The HEIs shall offer at least one track of professional courses - specialized. This specialization shall appear in the Transcript of Records and Diploma for example “Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering (Geotechnical)”
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 11*
---
## PDF Page 12
[View the original scanned page 12](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=12)
### SUMMARY OF THE BSCE CURRICULUM
| Classification/Field | Total no. of hours: Lecture | Total no. of hours: Lab/Fldw/Comp | Total no. of units |
|---|---:|---:|---:|
| **I. TECHNICAL COURSES** | | | |
| A. Mathematics | 14 | 3 | 15 |
| B. Natural/Physical Sciences | 8 | 6 | 10 |
| C. Basic Engineering Sciences | 19 | 12 | 23 |
| D. Allied Courses | 6 | 0 | 6 |
| E. Professional Courses (Common) | 38 | 33 | 49 |
| F. Professional Courses—Specialized (minimum) | 15 | 0 | 15 |
| G. On-the-Job Training (minimum of 240 hrs) | 2 | 3 | 3 |
| **Sub-Total** | **102** | **57** | **121** |
| **II. NON-TECHNICAL COURSES** | | | |
| A. General Education (Courses (please refer to CMO 20, s. 2013)) | 24 | 0 | 24 |
| B. GEC Elective/Mandated Courses | 12 | 0 | 12 |
| C. Physical Education | 8 | 0 | 8 |
| D. National Service Training Program | 6 | 0 | 6 |
| **Sub-Total** | **50** | **0** | **50** |
| **GRAND TOTAL** | **152** | **57** | **171** |
### 11.2. Program of Study
The institution may enrich the sample/model program of study depending on the needs of the industry, provided that all prescribed courses required in the curriculum outlines are offered and pre-requisites and co-requisites are complied with.
The sample Program of Study listed below is meant for HEIs operating on a Semestral System. HEIs with CHED approved trimester or quarter term systems may adjust their courses and course specifications accordingly to fit their delivery system, as long as the minimum requirements are still satisfied.
The HEIs are also encouraged to include other courses to fulfill their institutional outcomes, as long as the total units for the whole program shall not be less than **171 units**, including P.E., and NSTP.
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 12*
---
## PDF Page 13
[View the original scanned page 13](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=13)
### Sample semestral program of study
#### First year
#### 1st Year — First Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Science, Technology and Society | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Mathematics in Modern World | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Calculus 1 | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Chemistry for Engineers | 3 | 3 | 4 | None |
| Civil Engineering Orientation | 2 | 0 | 2 | None |
| Readings in Philippine History | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| PE 1 | | | 2 | None |
| NSTP 1 | | | 3 | None |
| **TOTAL** | **17** | **3** | **23** | |
#### 1st Year — Second Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Contemporary World | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Understanding the Self | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Calculus 2 | 3 | 0 | 3 | Calculus 1 |
| Physics for Engineers (Calculus Based) | 3 | 3 | 4 | Calculus 1 / Co-requisite of Calculus 2 |
| Engineering Drawing and Plans | 0 | 3 | 1 | None |
| Computer Fundamentals and Programming | 0 | 6 | 2 | None |
| Life and Works of Rizal | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| PE 2 | | | 2 | None |
| NSTP 2 | | | 3 | None |
| **TOTAL** | **15** | **12** | **24** | |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 13 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 14
[View the original scanned page 14](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=14)
### Second year
#### 2nd Year — First Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Differential Equations | 3 | 0 | 3 | Calculus 2 |
| Computer-Aided Drafting | 0 | 3 | 1 | None |
| Statics of Rigid Bodies | 3 | 0 | 3 | Calculus 2, Physics for Engineers |
| Fundamentals of Surveying | 3 | 3 | 4 | Engineering Drawing and Plans |
| Engineering Economics | 3 | 0 | 3 | 2nd Year Standing |
| Engineering Management | 2 | 0 | 2 | |
| Purposive Communication | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| GEC Free Elective-1 (please refer to CMO 20, s. 2013) | 3 | 0 | 3 | |
| PE 3 | | | 2 | None |
| **TOTAL** | **20** | **6** | **24** | |
#### 2nd Year — Second Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Engineering Data Analysis | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| Geology for Civil Engineers | 2 | 0 | 2 | Chemistry for Engineers |
| Dynamics of Rigid Bodies | 2 | 0 | 2 | Statics of Rigid Bodies |
| Mechanics of Deformable Bodies | 4 | 0 | 4 | Statics of Rigid Bodies |
| Construction Materials & Testing | 2 | 3 | 3 | (Co-requisite) Mechanics of Deformable Bodies |
| Art Appreciation | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| GEC Free Elective-2 (please refer to CMO 20, s. 2013) | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| PE 4 | | | 2 | None |
| **TOTAL** | **19** | **3** | **22** | |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 14 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 15
[View the original scanned page 15](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=15)
### Third year
#### 3rd Year — First Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Structural Theory | 3 | 3 | 4 | Mechanics of Deformable Bodies |
| Highway and Railroad Engineering | 3 | 0 | 3 | Fundamentals of Surveying |
| Engineering Utilities 1 | 3 | 0 | 3 | Physics for Engineers |
| Engineering Utilities 2 | 3 | 0 | 3 | Physics for Engineers |
| Numerical Solutions to CE Problems | 2 | 3 | 3 | Differential Equations |
| Ethics | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| GEC Free Elective-3 (please refer to CMO 20, s. 2013) | 3 | 0 | 3 | None |
| **TOTAL** | **20** | **6** | **22** | |
#### 3rd Year — Second Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Technopreneurship 101 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 3rd Year Standing |
| Building Systems Design | 2 | 3 | 3 | Engineering Drawing and Plans |
| Principles of Steel Design | 2 | 3 | 3 | Structural Theory |
| Principles of Reinforced/Prestressed Concrete | 3 | 3 | 4 | Structural Theory |
| Hydrology | 2 | 0 | 2 | 3rd Year Standing |
| Hydraulics | 4 | 3 | 5 | 3rd Year Standing |
| CE Law, Ethics and Contracts | 2 | 0 | 2 | 3rd Year Standing |
| **TOTAL** | **18** | **12** | **22** | |
#### Summer
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| On-the-Job Training — 240 Hours | 2 | 3 | 3 | |
| **TOTAL** | **2** | **3** | **3** | |
*Note: OJT may be taken after the Third Year Level OR after the fourth year level.*
*PSG for BSCE — Page 15 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 16
[View the original scanned page 16](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=16)
### Fourth year
#### 4th Year — First Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| Geotechnical Engineering 1 (Soil Mechanics) | 3 | 3 | 4 | Geology for Civil Engineers, Mechanics of Deformable Bodies |
| Principles of Transportation Engineering | 3 | 0 | 3 | Highway and Railroad Engineering |
| CE Project 1 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 4th Year Standing |
| Professional Course- specialized 1 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| Professional Course- specialized 2 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| **TOTAL** | **13** | **6** | **15** | |
*Note: Other professional course- specialized can be added.*
#### 4th Year — Second Semester
| Course | Lecture hours | Lab/fieldwork/computer hours | Units | Prerequisite/Co-requisite |
|---|---:|---:|---:|---|
| CE Project 2 | 1 | 3 | 2 | CE Project 1 |
| Quantity Surveying | 1 | 3 | 2 | Building Systems Design |
| Professional Course - specialized 3 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| Professional Course - specialized 4 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| Professional Course - specialized 5 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| Construction Methods and Project Management | 3 | 0 | 3 | 4th Year Standing |
| **TOTAL** | **14** | **6** | **16** | |
*Note: Other professional course- specialized can be added.*
**Grand Total = 171 Units**
*PSG for BSCE — Page 16 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 17
[View the original scanned page 17](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=17)
* The nth Year Standing means that the student must have completed at least 75% of the load requirements of the previous year level.
### Section 12. Sample Curriculum Map
Refer to **Annex II** for the Minimum Program Outcomes and a Sample Curriculum Map. The HEI may develop its own Curriculum Map.
### Section 13. Description of Outcomes-Based Teaching and Learning
Outcomes-based teaching and learning (OBTL) is an approach where teaching and learning activities are developed to support the learning outcomes (University of Hong Kong, 2007). It is a student-centered approach for the delivery of educational programs where the curriculum topics in a program and the courses contained in it are expressed as the intended outcomes for students to learn. It is an approach in which teachers facilitate and students find themselves actively engaged in their learning.
Its primary focus is the clear statement of what students should be able to do after taking a course, known as the Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs). The ILOs describe what the learners will be able to do when they have completed their course or program. These are statements, written from the students' perspective, indicating the level of understanding and performance they are expected to achieve as a result of engaging in teaching and learning experience (Biggs and Tang, 2007). Once the ILOs have been determined, the next step in OBTL is to design the Teaching / Learning Activities (TLAs) which require students to actively participate in the construction of their new knowledge and abilities. A TLA is any activity which stimulates, encourages or facilitates learning of one or more intended learning outcome. The final OBTL component is the Assessment Tasks (ATs), which measure how well students can use their new abilities to solve real-world problems, design, demonstrate creativity, and communicate effectively, among others. An AT can be any method of assessing how well a set of ILO has been achieved.
A key component of a course design using OBTL is the constructive alignment of ILOs, TLAs, and ATs. This design methodology requires the Intended Learning Outcomes to be developed first, and then the Teaching / Learning Activities and Assessment Tasks are developed based on the ILOs. (Biggs, 1999)
“Constructive” refers to the idea that students construct meaning through relevant learning activities; “alignment” refers to the situation when teaching and learning activities, and assessment tasks, are aligned to the Intended Learning Outcomes by using the verbs stipulated in the ILOs. Constructive alignment provides the “how-to” by stating that the TLAs and the assessment tasks activate the same verbs as in the ILOs. (Biggs and Tang, 1999)
*PSG for BSCE — Page 17 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 18
[View the original scanned page 18](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=18)
The OBTL approach shall be reflected in the Course Syllabus to be implemented by the faculty.
### Section 14. Course Syllabus and Course Specifications
The Course Syllabus must contain at least the following components:
14.1. General Course Information (Title, Description, Code, Credit Units, Prerequisites)
14.2. Links to Program Outcomes
14.3. Course Outcomes
14.4. Course Outline (Including Unit Outcomes)
14.5. Teaching and Learning Activities
14.6. Assessment Methods
14.7. Final Grade Evaluation
14.8. Learning Resources
14.9. Course Policies and Standards
14.10. Effectivity and Revision Information
Refer to **Annex III** for Sample Course Specifications for the courses listed in the Sample Curriculum Map and **Annex V** for Sample Course Syllabus.
### ARTICLE VI — REQUIRED RESOURCES
This article covers the specific required resources for the BSCE program.
All other requirements on Administration, Library and Laboratory facilities, and buildings for the BS Engineering Program are contained in CMO No. **86** [handwritten entry in source], s. 2017, Policies, Standards and Guidelines for Requirements Common to all Bachelor of Science in Engineering and Bachelor of Engineering Technology Programs issued by the Commission.
### Section 15. Administration
The administration of the college of engineering must provide academic governance and leadership to engineering programs by exerting efforts to achieve program educational objectives and program outcomes. As such, the college must have a full-time dean and full-time department or program chair who are adept in the principles of outcomes-based education and are trained to implement the elements of OBE and OBTL required by CMO 37 s. 2012.
There shall be a full-time Department/Program Chair/Coordinator who will lead the program in curriculum planning, implementation, monitoring, review, and evaluation of BSCE program. The College Dean, who is a Licensed Civil Engineer, may serve as concurrent Department/Program Chair/Coordinator in extreme cases of low enrollment.
*PSG for BSCE — Page 18 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 19
[View the original scanned page 19](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=19)
The qualifications of the Department/Program Chair/Coordinator of BSCE program:
a) shall be holder of baccalaureate degree and Master's degree in Civil Engineering;
b) shall be registered Civil Engineer with valid PRC license;
c) shall have a minimum teaching experience of not less than three (3) years and at least three (3) years of industry practice.
To ensure his/her work effectiveness, the Department/Program Chair/Coordinator shall be given a maximum teaching load of 50% of the regular teaching load.
### Section 16. Faculty
#### 16.1 Requirements
Faculty handling professional courses shall be registered Civil Engineer with valid PRC license. In addition, faculty handling professional courses, design in content, shall have industry design experience.
There shall be adequate number of competent and qualified faculty to teach professional courses of BSCE program to effectively implement the minimum curricular requirements. The program shall not be dependent on one faculty handling professional courses.
In addition, by AY 2018-2019, all full-time faculty members teaching professional courses in BSCE shall be holder of Master's degree in Civil Engineering or Allied Programs.
#### 16.2 Duties
The faculty shall be actively involved in the following areas of implementation of B.S.C.E program:
a. curriculum review, decision-making, and implementation of the academic program
b. program assessment and evaluation, and implementation of continuous improvement of the program
c. development, improvement, and achievement of course outcomes (COs)
d. enrichment of teaching/learning activities (TLAs)
e. development and improvement of assessment tasks, constructively aligned with COs and TLAs
f. student advising activities of the program
g. research and scholarly work
h. professional services offered by the program
i. linkage and extension work
*PSG for BSCE — Page 19 of 23.*
---
## PDF Page 20
[View the original scanned page 20](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=20)
### Section 17. Library and Other Learning Resources
The library services and other learning resources are covered in Section **2.3** of CMO No. **86**, s. 2017. *[Section and CMO numbers handwritten in the printed PDF.]*
### Section 18. Laboratory Equipment and Resources
#### 18.1 Facilities
Facilities are covered in Section **2.4, 5.4** of CMO No. **86**, s. 2017. *[Numbers handwritten in the printed PDF; retain source notation.]*
#### 18.2 Laboratories for the BSCE Program
##### 18.2.1 Laboratories for the BSCE Program
The program shall provide laboratories/fieldwork/drafting facilities for the following courses:
1. Chemistry for Engineers
2. Physics for Engineers
3. Hydraulics
4. Geotechnical Engineering 1 (Soil Mechanics)
5. Construction Materials and Testing
6. Engineering Drawing and Plans
7. Fundamentals of Surveying
8. Building Systems Design
9. Quantity Surveying
The program shall provide adequate computing facilities for courses in Computer Fundamentals and Programming, Computer-Aided Drafting, Design, Numerical Solutions for CE Problems and open computer laboratory for CE Projects.
Refer to Annex IV for the Laboratory equipment and resources required for the program.
##### 18.2.2 Modern Tools in CE
The institution must provide access to modern tools in CE. Examples of these tools are spreadsheet software, graphing software, mathematical software, programming language environment, open or commercial simulation tools in CE, and design and analysis software. These modern tools shall be sufficient so that students can achieve the course outcomes.
#### 18.3 Modernization of Equipment
Each CE Department of the college of engineering shall have a program for the continuing modernization and upgrading of its
*PSG for BSCE — Page 20 of 23; continuation on next page.*
---
## PDF Page 21
[View the original scanned page 21](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=21)
instructional laboratories, facilities, and equipment. The said program shall have an adequate annual allocation in accordance with the financial capability of the school.
**18.4 Calibration of Equipment**
Each school/college of engineering shall ensure that the measuring instruments in its laboratories are recalibrated regularly. The date of the last calibration of a measuring instrument shall be indicated on each instrument.
### ARTICLE VII — COMPLIANCE OF HEIs
**Section 19. Full Compliance with CMO 37, s. 2012**
Before the start of AY 2018-2019, all HEIs offering BSCE program must show evidence of full compliance with CMO 37, s. 2012 (Establishment of an Outcomes-Based Education System) by the following actions:
**19.1 CMO 37 Monitoring Workbook and Self-Assessment Rubric**
The Commission through its Regional offices or the TPET Website shall make available to all HEIs currently offering or applying to offer BSCE program a Monitoring Workbook (CMO 37-MW-2017-HEI-BSCE) and Self-Assessment Rubric (SAR) (CMO-37-HEI-SAR-2017-BSCE).
The five-year BSCE. Curriculum shall be the basis of the monitoring. The completed Monitoring Workbook with a List of Supporting Evidences and Self-Assessment Rubric must be submitted to CHED or online through the CHED TPET website (www.ched-tpet.org) within 30 working days after the effectivity of this CMO. Failure to submit these documents will disqualify the concerned HEIs to continue or start their BSCE programs in AY 2018-2019.
**19.2 Review of Submitted Forms by CHED**
CHED shall review the submitted Monitoring Workbooks and Self-Assessment Rubrics, and may schedule monitoring visits to the HEI thereafter. These visits shall determine the extent of compliance of the concerned HEI with CMO 37, s. 2012. HEIs with BSCE programs with low SAR total scores may be asked to submit a one- or two-year development plan to CHED before they shall be allowed to apply to continue their BSIE program for AY 2018-2019.
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 21*
---
## PDF Page 22
[View the original scanned page 22](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=22)
**19.3 Exemptions**
HEIs with BSCE Programs of CODs/COEs status shall not be required to comply with Section 19.1 and 19.2. Instead, these HEIs must submit only their proposed four-year curriculum, corresponding curriculum map, and program of study using the Application Workbook for AY 2018-2019 (AW-2018-HEI-BSCE). See Section 20. Those HEIs whose COD/COE applications were disapproved for AY 2018-2019 shall still comply with Sections 19.1 and 19.2.
**Section 20. Application Workbook for AY 2018-2019**
HEIs currently offering the BSCE program for AY 2018-2019 shall be made to complete a new Application Workbook (AW-2018-HEI-BSCE) which shall be made available through CHED or downloadable from the CHED-TPET website. The Application Workbook shall be completed and submitted to CHED or uploaded to the CHED-TPET website before the start of AY 2018-2019.
**Section 21. Approval of Application**
All HEIs with BSCE programs with COE or COD status submitting their completed Application Workbooks shall automatically receive certifications from CHED and shall be given approval to implement their programs beginning AY 2018-2019.
Other concerned HEIs which have submitted their CMO Monitoring Workbooks, Self-Assessment Rubrics, and Application Workbook shall be given conditional approval by CHED to start offering their new BSCE Curriculum following this CMO effective AY 2018-2019. CHED shall, however, conduct monitoring of HEIs to assure complete compliance of this PSG within the transitory period, during which the HEI with BSCE programs with weak implementation may be asked to submit developmental plans, which shall be subject to constant monitoring.
### ARTICLE VIII — TRANSITORY, REPEALING AND EFFECTIVITY PROVISIONS
**Section 22. Transitory Provision**
All private HEIs, state universities and colleges (SUCs) and local universities and colleges (LUCs) with existing authorization to operate the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering program are hereby given a period of three (3) years from the effectivity thereof to fully comply with all the requirements in this CMO. However, the prescribed minimum curricular requirements in this CMO shall be implemented starting AY 2018-2019.
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 22*
---
## PDF Page 23
[View the original scanned page 23](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=23)
**Section 23. Repealing Clause**
Any provision of this Order, which may thereafter be held invalid, shall not affect the remaining provisions.
All CHED issuances or part thereof inconsistent with the provision in this CMO shall be deemed modified or repealed
**Section 24 Effectivity Clause**
This CMO shall take effect fifteen (15) days after its publication in the Official Gazette or in a newspaper of general circulation. This CMO shall be implemented beginning AY 2018-2019.
Quezon City, Philippines — December 4, 2017
For the Commission:
**PATRICIA B. LICUANAN, Ph.D.**
Chairperson
*[Handwritten signature present in source.]*
**Attachments:**
- Annex I – Competency Standards of a Civil Engineer
- Annex II – Minimum Program Outcomes and a Sample Curriculum Map
- Annex III – Sample Course Specifications
- Annex IV – Laboratory Equipment
- A. Natural/Physical Courses
- B. Professional Courses
- Annex V -- Sample Syllabus
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 23*
---
## PDF Page 24
[View the original scanned page 24](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=24)
### ANNEX I — COMPETENCY STANDARDS, ATTRIBUTES AND COMPETENCIES OF A CIVIL ENGINEER
**Civil Engineer (noun)** — is a professional who provides services in the form of consultation, planning, design, preparation of plans, specifications, estimates, erection, installation, and supervision of construction of streets, bridges, highways, and railroads; airports and hangars; portworks, canals, river and shore improvements, light houses, and dry docks; buildings, towers, signages, sign boards, chimneys, silos containment structures, and solid waste disposal sites; fixed structures for irrigation, flood protection, drainage, water supply, and sewerages work; tunnels; and demolition of permanent structures.
**Attributes and competencies of a Civil Engineer** — competency levels are organized in the source under *New Graduate*, *1–7 Years Engg. Experience*, and *Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN)*. The table below preserves these four content columns, excluding the separate row-number column. Original capitalization, terminology and source-specific phrasing are intentionally retained where legible.
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Apply knowledge of mathematics, chemistry, physics, Information Technology and other engineering principles | Understand the principles of mathematics, chemistry, physics, natural and applied sciences including information technology. Determine relevant and appropriate applied science, engineering principles and techniques that can be used to address engineering concerns such as Construction Engineering and Management, Geotechnical and Geo-Environmental Engineering, Structural Engineering, Transportation Engineering, Water Resources Engineering. | Use relevant and appropriate applied science, engineering principles and techniques in the different Civil Engineering tracks to solve complex engineering problems. Develop simple computer programs to solve Civil engineering problems. | Propose innovations in design of structures, water resources system, highways, railroads, and foundation, and impart these to peers. Develop and continually upgrade proficiency in numerical and computational modeling in solving Civil engineering problems. |
*Annex I, page 1 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 25
[View the original scanned page 25](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=25)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | Identify, formulate, research literature and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences. | Use relevant information gathered from research literature and other available technological information sources in coming out with solutions to complex engineering problems. | Apply results from research of literature and other technological advances in design of structures, water resources system, highways, railroads, and foundation reaching to substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences | Consolidate results of research and technical information in formulating solutions to Civil engineering design and adapt these into systems to achieve efficiency targets. Impart these technological advances to peers. |
| 3 | Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems, components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. | Study, investigate and gather data related to complex engineering problems and propose solutions based on the fundamentals of engineering principles while incorporating ethics, safety and environmental considerations. | Study, investigate and gather data related to problems in design of structures, water resources system, highways, railroads, and foundation and prepare proposals to implement solutions while incorporating ethics, safety and environmental considerations. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems, components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. | Consolidate studies made on problems in structures, water resources system, highways, railroads, and foundation and propose changes. Specialize in specific fields of practice in the Civil Engineering Professional and use the technical expertise in design of solutions to applicable complex engineering problems. Prepare project proposals, budget and reports related to the design of structures. Impart learnings to peers. |
*Annex I, page 2 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 26
[View the original scanned page 26](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=26)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 4 | Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions. | Conceptualize, formulate and implement design of experiments in a standard scientific manner in conducting investigations of complex engineering problems with consideration of cost, quality, security, and environmental impact. Recommend valid conclusions based on gathered information and results of investigation. | Use available database information, coordinate with other technical experts, plan and design experiments in conducting investigations of complex engineering problems, prepare reports and make presentations to concerned entities on the proposed solutions to the complex engineering problems. | Organize teams of experts, plan and design experiments in conducting investigations of complex engineering problems. Prepare feasibility, optimization reports, implementation plans and make presentations to the concerned entities on the proposed solutions to the complex engineering problems. |
| 5 | Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to solve complex engineering problems, with an understanding of the limitations. | Be familiar with the appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering problems, with an understanding of the limitations. Recommend the applicable modern tools that can be used to solve complex engineering problems. | Be proficient in the use of appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering problems, with an understanding of the limitations. Consolidate applicable techniques and modern tools that can be used to solve complex engineering problems. Prepare recommendations based on results. | Be familiar with applicable modern tools and techniques to solve complex engineering problems taking into consideration their limitations. Use civil engineering experience in conjunction with technical expertise and appropriate modern tools in solving complex engineering problems. Prepare reports and recommendations and present these to the concerned entities. |
*Annex I, page 3 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 27
[View the original scanned page 27](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=27)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 6 | Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice and solutions to complex engineering problems. | Be familiar with relevant policies, laws, regulations and technical standards locally in conjunction with the Civil Engineering Professional Practice. Make a personal commitment to societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues recognising obligations to society, subordinates, and the environment. | Utilize relevant policies, laws, regulations and technical standards both locally and internationally in conjunction with the Civil Engineering Professional Practice. Prepare plans and designs while taking into consideration moral, ethical and environmental concerns. Impart learning to peers. | Employ relevant policies, laws, regulations and technical standards both locally and internationally in conjunction with the Civil Engineering Professional Practice. Be familiar with specific country regulations on professional engineering practice in implementing solutions to complex engineering problems. Prepare plans and designs while taking into consideration moral, ethical and environmental concerns. Impart learning to peers. |
| 7 | Understand and evaluate the sustainability and impact of professional engineering work in the solution of complex engineering problems in societal and environmental contexts. | Be familiar with relevant applicable technical and engineering standards that can be applied in professional Civil engineering practice. Assess the effects of professional engineering work on design of structures. Gather relevant data in relation to the professional engineering work. | Be familiar with relevant applicable technical and engineering standards that can be applied in professional Civil engineering practice. Use gained experience in civil engineering professional practice to measure impacts on society and environment. Impart learning to peers. | Be familiar with relevant applicable technical and engineering standards that can be applied in professional Civil engineering practice. Use gained experience in civil engineering professional practice to measure impacts on society and environment. Do research, develop projects and prepare implementation plans to implement and assess professional engineering works in relation to complex engineering problems. Impart learning to peers. |
*Annex I, page 4 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 28
[View the original scanned page 28](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=28)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 8 | Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering practice. | Be familiar with the Code of Ethics of Civil Engineers (PICE) and apply and behave according to this code in professional practice. Apply ethical principles in conjunction with engineering practice. | Be familiar with the Code of Ethics of Civil Engineers (PICE) and apply and behave according to this code in professional practice. Apply ethical principles in conjunction with engineering practice incorporating public safety as a priority. Be an example to upcoming engineers in terms of integrity, morality and ethics. | Practice the Code of Ethics of Civil Engineers and apply and behave according to this code in professional practice. Apply ethical principles in conjunction with engineering practice incorporating public safety as a priority. Be an example to upcoming engineers in terms of integrity, morality and ethics. Exemplify ethical and moral values through participation in socially relevant projects that contribute to national development. Impart learning to peers. |
| 9 | Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings. | Perform functions required in the completion of a task as part of a project or endeavor or as an employee of a company. Interact with peers and higher levels in a professional manner. Participate in activities either as a team leader or member and perform designated tasks. | Plan, lead, coordinate and implement designated tasks either as a team leader or member. Interact with a network of professionals and participate in projects or activities. Handle small to medium-sized projects. | Supervise and manage processes, people and facilities locally or internationally enabling efficiency, improved performance, business profitability and safety. Train other engineers. |
*Annex I, page 5 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 29
[View the original scanned page 29](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=29)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 10 | Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. | Prepare reports, presentations and other engineering documents in an organized way and relay information related to these effectively. Communicate clearly both verbally and in written form all instructions to peers, subordinates and superiors as may be deemed necessary. Organize, coordinate and implement activities or projects in a clear way. | Prepare reports, presentations and other engineering documents in an organized way and relay information related to these effectively. Prepare policies, procedures and other documents related to an activity or project and cascade to subordinates, peers and superiors effectively. Conduct trainings to subordinates and peers. Communicate clearly with legal entities/ authorities regarding engineering activities. | Consolidate reports and make presentations to peers and superiors on projects or on assigned endeavors .Conduct trainings to subordinates, peers and superiors. Communicate and coordinate clearly and act as liaison officer on matters concerning legal or regulatory issues. Prepare policies, rules, regulations, instructions, procedures and implements them. |
| 11 | Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and economic decision-making and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. | Plan, lead, organize and control small projects or tasks as may be deemed necessary in the practice of Civil engineering. | Plan, lead, organize and control small to medium-sized projects or tasks as may be deemed necessary in the practice of Civil engineering. Manage financial aspects of the project. Supervise subordinates and peers when needed. Prepare reports related to projects. | Manage and implement medium-sized to major projects or tasks as may be deemed necessary in the practice of Civil engineering. Manage financial aspects of the project. Manage supervisors and peers. Prepare reports related to projects. |
*Annex I, page 6 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 30
[View the original scanned page 30](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=30)
| No. | Attributes | New Graduate | 1–7 Years Engg. Experience | Globally Qualified Engineer (APEC/ASEAN) |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 12 | Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change. | Attend trainings, seminars, conferences or participate in projects that encourage continued learning in the Civil engineering profession. Pursue graduate studies. | Attend trainings, seminars, conferences and participate in professional organizations that encourage continued learning in the Civil engineering profession Pursue graduate studies. Comply with CPD units required annually. Conduct research studies and impart results to peers. | Attend trainings, seminars, conferences and participate in professional organizations that encourage continued learning in the Civil engineering profession. Prepare modules for training peers, subordinates and students. Organize seminars, trainings or conferences. Publish research papers. |
*Annex I, page 7 of 7. Cell assignments reconstructed from the rotated source-page image. Text has been checked against the image; independent second-reader word-by-word certification remains outstanding.*
---
## PDF Page 31
[View the original scanned page 31](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=31)
### ANNEX II – MINIMUM PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND SAMPLE CURRICULUM MAP
**Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering**
**Program Outcomes**
By the time of graduation, the students of the BSCE program shall have the ability to:
a) apply knowledge of mathematics and science to solve complex civil engineering problems;
b) design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data;
c) design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints, in accordance with standards;
d) function in multidisciplinary and multi-cultural teams;
e) identify, formulate, and solve complex civil engineering problems;
f) understand professional and ethical responsibility;
g) communicate effectively civil engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large;
h) understand the impact of civil engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context
i) recognize the need for, and engage in life-long learning
j) know contemporary issues;
k) use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for civil engineering practice;
l) know and understand engineering and management principles as a member and leader of a team in a multidisciplinary environment;
m) Understand at least one specialized field of civil engineering practice
**Sample Curriculum Map**
**LEGEND**
| Code | Descriptor | Definition |
|---|---|---|
| I | Introductory Course | An introductory course to an outcome |
| E | Enabling Course | A course that strengthens the outcome |
| D | Demonstrating Course | A course demonstrating an outcome |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 31*
---
## PDF Page 32
[View the original scanned page 32](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=32)
**ANNEX II — MINIMUM PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND SAMPLE CURRICULUM MAP (continued)**
**I. TECHNICAL COURSES**
### A. Mathematics
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Calculus 1 | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Calculus 2 | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Differential Equations | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — |
| Engineering Data Analysis | I | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — |
| Numerical Solutions to CE Problems | E | — | — | — | D | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — |
### B. Natural and Physical Sciences
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Chemistry for Engineers | I | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — |
| Physics for Engineers (Calculus-based) | I | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — |
| Geology for Civil Engineers | — | — | — | — | E | E | — | D | E | E | I | — | — |
### C. Basic Engineering Sciences
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Civil Engineering Orientation | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | I | — | I | — | — | — |
| Engineering Drawing and Plans | — | — | — | E | — | I | I | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Computer Fundamentals and Programming | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Computer-Aided Drafting | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | D | — | — |
| Statics of Rigid Bodies | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Dynamics of Rigid Bodies | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Mechanics of Deformable Bodies | E | — | — | — | D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Engineering Economics | E | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Engineering Management | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | E | — |
| Technopreneurship 101 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
### D. Allied Courses
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Engineering Utilities 1 | — | — | E | E | — | E | E | — | E | — | — | — | — |
| Engineering Utilities 2 | — | — | E | E | — | E | E | — | E | — | — | — | — |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 32*
---
## PDF Page 33
[View the original scanned page 33](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=33)
**ANNEX II — MINIMUM PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND SAMPLE CURRICULUM MAP (continued)**
### E. Professional Courses – Common
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Fundamentals of Surveying | — | D | — | E | I | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Construction Materials and Testing | E | D | — | E | — | — | E | — | — | E | E | — | — |
| Structural Theory | E | I | — | — | E | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — |
| Highway and Railroad Engineering | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Building Systems Design | — | — | E | E | E | I | I | I | — | I | E | — | — |
| Principles of Steel Design | E | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Principles of Reinforced/Prestressed Concrete | E | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| Hydraulics | E | D | — | E | E | — | E | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Hydrology | E | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | — |
| CE Law, Ethics and Contracts | — | — | — | — | — | D | E | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Geotechnical Engineering 1 (Soil Mechanics) | E | D | — | E | E | — | E | — | — | E | E | — | — |
| Principles of Transportation Engineering | E | — | D | — | — | D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Quantity Surveying | E | — | — | E | — | E | E | — | E | — | E | E | — |
| Construction Methods and Project Management | E | — | D | — | E | E | D | — | — | — | D | E | — |
| CE Project 1 | E | D | D | D | D | D | D | D | — | — | D | D | — |
| CE Project 2 | E | D | D | D | D | D | D | D | — | — | D | D | — |
**F. Professional Courses – Specialized (HEI to select five courses per track)**
### F.1 Construction Engineering and Management
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Project Construction and Management | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | E | E | E | E |
| Advanced Construction Methods & Equipment | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | E | E | E | E |
| Construction Cost Engineering | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | E | E | E | E |
| Database Management in Construction | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | — | E | E | E | E |
| Construction Occupational Safety and Health (COSH) | — | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | E | — | E | E |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 33*
---
## PDF Page 34
[View the original scanned page 34](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=34)
**ANNEX II — MINIMUM PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND SAMPLE CURRICULUM MAP (continued)**
### F.2 Geotechnical Engineering
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Geotechnical Engg 2 (Rock Mechanics) | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | E | — | — | E | — | D |
| Foundation Engineering | E | — | D | — | E | — | E | E | — | — | D | — | D |
| Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering | E | — | D | — | E | — | E | E | — | — | D | — | D |
| Ground Improvement | E | — | D | — | E | — | E | E | — | — | D | — | D |
### F.3 Structural Engineering
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Computer Softwares in Structural Analysis | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | D | — | D |
| Earthquake Engineering | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Design of Steel Structures | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Reinforced Concrete Design | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Prestressed Concrete Design | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Structural Design of Towers/Other Vert. Structures | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Bridge Engineering | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Foundation and Retaining Wall Design | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
### F.4 Transportation Engineering
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Transportation Systems Planning and Design | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | — | E | E | — | D |
| Highway Engineering | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | E | E | — | D |
| Airport Design | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | I | E | E | — | — | D |
| Ports and Harbors | E | — | E | — | E | — | E | I | E | E | — | — | D |
### F.5 Water Resources Engineering (continued on PDF page 35)
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Water Resources Engineering | D | — | D | — | — | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | D |
| Flood Control and Drainage Design | D | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | D | — | D |
| Irrigation Engineering | E | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | — |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 34*
---
## PDF Page 35
[View the original scanned page 35](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=35)
**ANNEX II — MINIMUM PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND SAMPLE CURRICULUM MAP (continued)**
### F.5 Water Resources Engineering (continued)
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Water Supply Planning and Development | D | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | E | D | — | D |
| Coastal Engineering | E | — | D | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| River Engineering | E | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | E | — | D |
| Ground Water Modelling | E | — | — | — | E | — | E | — | — | — | D | — | D |
### G. On-the-job Training
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| On-the-job Training (minimum of 240 hours) | — | — | — | D | — | D | D | E | E | E | E | E | D |
**II. NON-TECHNICAL COURSES**
### A. General Education Courses
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Science, Technology, and Society | — | — | — | I | — | — | I | I | I | — | — | — | — |
| Readings in Philippine History | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — | — | I | — | — | — |
| Mathematics in the Modern World | I | — | — | — | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Contemporary World | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | I | I | I | — | — | — |
| Understanding the Self | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — | I | — | — | I | — |
| Purposive Communication | — | — | — | — | — | — | D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Art Appreciation | — | — | I | I | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| Ethics | — | — | — | — | — | I | — | — | — | — | — | I | — |
### B. GEC Elective
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| GEC (3) Electives | — | — | — | I | — | — | — | I | — | I | — | — | — |
### C. Mandated Courses
| Course | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| Life and Works of Rizal | — | — | — | I | — | I | — | — | I | — | — | — | — |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 35*
---
## PDF Page 36
[View the original scanned page 36](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=36)
### ANNEX III — SAMPLE COURSE SPECIFICATIONS
**BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING**
**1. TECHNICAL COURSES**
**A. MATHEMATICS**
| Field | Original source text |
|---|---|
| Course Name | **CALCULUS 1** |
| Course Description | An introductory course covering the core concepts of limit, continuity and differentiability of functions involving one or more variables. This also includes the application of differential calculations in solving problems on optimization, rates of change, related rates, tangents and normals, and approximations; partial differentiation and transcendental curve tracing. |
| Number of Units for Lecture and Laboratory | 3 unit lecture |
| Number of Contact Hours per Week | 3 hours per week |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Program Outcome/s Addressed by the Course | a–I |
**Course Outcomes:** At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Differentiate algebraic and transcendental functions.
2. Apply the concept of differentiation in solving word problems.
3. Analyze and trace transcendental curves.
**Course Outline:**
1. Functions
2. Continuity and Limits
3. The Derivative
4. The Slope
5. Rate of Change
6. The Chain Rule and the General Power Rule
7. Implicit Differentiation
8. Higher-Order derivatives
9. Polynomial curves
10. Applications of the Derivative
11. The Differential
12. Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions
13. Derivative of Inverse Trigonometric Functions
14. Derivative of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
15. Derivative of the Hyperbolic Functions
16. Solutions of Equations
17. Transcendental Curve Tracing
18. Parametric Equations
19. Partial differentiation
*PSG for BSCE — Annex III, Page 1 of 120.*
---
## PDF Page 37
[View the original scanned page 37](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=37)
Course Name
CALCULUS 2
Course Description
The course introduces the concept of integration and its application to
+ some physical problems such as evaluation of areas, volumes of
revolution, force, and work. The fundamental formulas and various
techniques of integration are taken up and applied to both single variable
and multi-variabie functions. The course also includes tracing of functions
of two variables for a better appreciation of the interpretation of the double
and triple integral as volume of a t3ree-dimensional region bounded by two
or more surfaces.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 units lecture
Laboratory __
Number of Contact | 3 hours per week |
Hours per Week
Prerequisites | Calculus 1
Program a-l
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Apply integration to the evaluation of areas, ,volumes of revolution,
force and work
2. Use integration techniques on single and multi-variable functions
3.__Explain the physical interpretation of the double and triple integral
Course Outline
PSG for BSCE
if
. Integration Concepts/Formulas
Anti-differentiation
Indefinite Integrals
Simple Power Formula
Simple Trigonometric Functions
Logarithmic Function
Exponential Function
. Inverse Trigonometric Functions
. Hyperbolic Functions (sinh u & cosh u only)
General Power formula (include Substitution Rule)
Constant of Integration
Definite Integral (include absolute, odd & even functions)
AS“ TONMMIOW>
i. Integration Techniques
Integration by Parts
Trigonometric Integrals
. Trigonometric Substitution
. Rational Functions
Rationalizing Substitution
moow>
lll. Improper Integrals
IV. Application of Definite Integral
A. Plane Area
Page 2 of 120
---
## PDF Page 38
[View the original scanned page 38](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=38)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS |
| Units | 3 units lecture |
| Contact hours | 3 hours per week |
| Prerequisites | Calculus 2 |
| Program outcomes addressed | a-I, k-I |
**Source-layout note:** The scanned course-specification table begins on this page, following the continuation of Calculus 2.
B. Areas between Curves
ne}
I
:
V. Other Applications
A. Volumes
B. Work
C. Hydrostatic Pressure
VI. Multiple Integrals (Inversion of order/ change of coordinates)
A. Double intecrals
B. Triple integrais
VI. Surface Tracing
Planes
Spheres
. Cylinders
. Quadric Surfaces
Intersection of Surfaces
MoO,
VII. Multiple Integrals as Volume
Double Integrals
Triple Integrais
a>
Course Name
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Course Description
This course is intended for all engineering students to have a firm
foundation on differential equations in preparation for their degree-specific
advanced mathematics courses. It covers first order differential equations,
nth order linear differential equations and systems of first order linear
differential equations. It also introduces the concept of Laplace Transforms
in solving differential equations. The students are expected to be able to
recognize different kinds of differential equations, determine the existence
and uniqueness of solution, select the appropriate methods of solution and
interpret the obtained solution. Students are also expected to relate
differential equations to various practical engineering and_ scientific
problems as well as employ computer technology in solving and verifying
solutions
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 units lecture
Addressed by the
Course
Course Outcomes
Laboratory | a—
Number of Contact | 3 hours per week
Hours per Week Lo
Prerequisites | Calculus 2
Program a-l, k-l
' Outcome/s
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1.
PSG for BSCE
Apply integration for the evaluation of areas, volumes of
Page 3 of 120
---
## PDF Page 39
[View the original scanned page 39](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=39)
2. Use integration techniques on single and multi-variable
functions
3. Explain the physical interpretation of the double and triple
integral Z
Course Outline
PSG for BSCE
1. Introduction / Definition
1.1. Definition and Classifications of Differential Equations (DE)
1.2. Solution of a DE
2. Solution of some 1* order DE
2.1. Variable Separable
2.2. Exact Equation
2.3. Linear Equation
2.4. Substitution Methods
2.4.1. Homogeneous Coefficients
2.4.2. Bernoulli's Equation
2.4.3. Other Substitution Methods
2.5. Mixed Problems (method not pre-identified)
2.6. Introduction to Use of Computer in Solving Differential
Equations
3. Application of 1% Order Differential Equations
3.1. Decomposition /Growth
3.2. Newton's Law of Cooling
3.3. Mixing (non-reacting fluids)
3.4. Electric Circuits
4. Linear Differential Equation of Order n
4.1. Introduction
4.1.1. Standard form of a n® order Linear DE
4.1.2. Differential Operators
4.1.3. Principle of Superposition
4.1.4. Linear Independence of a Set of Functions
4.2. Homogeneous Linear Differential Equation with Constant
Coefficients
4.2.1. Solution of a Homogeneous Linear Ordinary DE
4.2.2. Initial and Boundary Value Problems
4.3. Non-homogeneous Differential Equation With Constant
Coefficients
4.3.1. Form of the General Solution
4.3.2. Solution by Method of Undetermined Coefficients
4.3.3. Solution by Variation of Parameters
43.4. Mixed Problems
4.4, Solution of Higher Order Differential Equations using
Computer
5. Laplace Transforms of Functions
5.1. Definition
5.2. Transform of Elementary Functions
5.3. Transform of e*f(f) - Theorem
5.4. Transform of t’f() — Derivatives of Transforms
5.5, Inverse Transforms
5.6. Laplace and Inverse Laplace Transforms using a Computer
5.7. Transforms of Derivatives
5.8, Initial Value Problems
Page 4 of 120
---
## PDF Page 40
[View the original scanned page 40](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=40)
The Heaviside Unit-Step Function
6.1. Definition
6.2. Laplace Transforms of Discontinuous Functions and
Inverse Transform Leading to Discontinuous Functions
6.3. Solution of Initial Value Problems with Discontinuous
Functions by Laplace Transform Method
Application of Laplace Transforms (Problems on Vibration)
Solution of Systems of Linear Differential Equation with Initial
Values / Simultaneous Solution to DE (Laplace Transform
Method)
[ Course Name
[ENGINEERING DATA ANALYSIS
Course Description
This course is designed for undergraduate engineering students with
emphasis on problem solving related to societal issues that engineers and
scientists are called upon to solve. It introduces different methods of data
collection and the suitability of using a particular method for a given
situation.
The relationship of probability to statistics is also discussed, providing
students with the tools they need to understand how "chance" plays a role
in statistical analysis. Probability distributions of random variables and their
uses are also considered, along with a discussion of linear functions of
random variables within the context of their application to data analysis and
inference. The course also includes estimation techniques for unknown
parameters; and hypothesis testing used in making inferences from sample
to population; inference for regression parameters and build models for
estimating means and predicting future values of key variables under
study. Finally, statistically based experimental design techniques and
analysis of outcomes of experiments are discussed with the aid of
statistical software.
a
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units lecture
Number of Contact
_Hours per Week
3 hours per week
i
Addressed by the
Prerequisites Calculus 1 _
Program ai, b-l, kel
Outcome/s
_ Course
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Apply statistical methods in the analysis of data
1. Obtaining Data
1.1. Methods of Data Collection
. 1.2. Planning and Conducting Surveys
Course Outline | 1.3. Planning and Conducting Experiments: Introduction to
Design of Experiments
2. Probability
PSG for BSCE
Page 5 of 120
---
## PDF Page 41
[View the original scanned page 41](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=41)
io
2.1. Sample Space and Relationships among Events
2.2. Counting Rules Useful in Probability
2.3. Rules of Probability
Discreet Probability Distributions
3.1. Random Variables and their Probability Distributions
3.2. Cumulative Distribution Functions
3.3. Expected Values of Random Variables
3.4. The Binomial Distribution
3.5. The Poisson Distribution
Continuous Probability Distribution
4.1. Continuous Random Variables and their Probability
Distribution
4.2. Expected Values of Continuous Random Variables
4.3. Normal Distribution
44. Normal Approximation to the Binomial and Poisson
Distribution
4.5. | Exponential Distribution
Joint Probability Distribution
5.1. Two or Random Variables
5.1.1. Joint Probability Distributions
5.1.2. Marginal Probability Distribution
5.1.3. Conditional Probability Distribution
5.1.4. More than Two Random Variables
5.2. Linear Functions of Random Variables
5.3. General Functions of Random Variables
Sampling Distributions and Point Estimation of Parameters
6.1. Point Estimation
6.2. Sampling Distribution and the Central Limit Theorem
6.3. General Concept of Point Estimation
6.3.1. Unbiased Estimator
6.3.2. Variance of a Point Estimator
6.3.3. Standard Error
6.3.4. Mean Squared Error of an Estimator
Statistical Intervals
7.1. Confidence Intervals: Single Sample
7.2. Confidence Intervals: Multiple Samples
7.3. Prediction Intervals
7.4. Tolerance Intervals
Test of Hypothesis for a Single Sample
8.1. Hypothesis Testing
1. One-sided and Two-sided Hypothesis
.2. P-value in Hypothesis Tests
.3. General Procedure for Test of Hypothesis
8.2. Test on the Mean of a Normal Distribution, Variance
Known
8.3. Test on the Mean of a Normal Distribution, Variance
Unknown
84. Test on the Variance and Statistical Deviation of a
Normal Distribution
8.5. Test on a Population Proportion
Statistical Inference of Two Samples
om co
4
a
1
PSG for BSCE
Page 6 of 120
---
## PDF Page 42
[View the original scanned page 42](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=42)
9.1. Inference on the Difference in Means of Two Normal
Distributions, Variances Known
9.2. Inference on the Difference in Means of Two Normal
Distributions, Variances Unknown
9.3. Inference on the Variance of Two Normal Distributions
9.4. Inference on Two Population Proportions
10. Simple Linear Regression and Correlation
10.1. Empirical Models
10.2. Regression: Modelling Linear Relationships — The Least-
Squares Approach
10.3. Correlation: Estimating the Strength of Linear Relation
10.4. Hypothesis Tests in Simple Linear Regression
10.4.1. Use of t-tests
i 10.4.2. Analysis of Variance Approach to Test Significance
of Regression
10.5. Prediction of New Observations
10.6. Adequacy of the Regression Model
10.6.1. Residual Analysis
10.6.2. Coefficient of Determination
10.7. Correlation
11. Multiple Linear Regression
11.1. Multiple Linear Regression Model
11.2. Hypothesis Test in Multiple Linear Regression
11.3. Prediction of New Observations
11.4. Model Adequacy Checking
12. Design and Analysis of Single Factor Experiments
12.1. Completely Randomized Single Factor Experiments
12.1.1. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)
12.1.2. Multiple Comparisons following the ANOVA
12.1.3. Residual Analysis and Model Checking
12.1.4. Determining Sample Size
12.2. The Random-Effects Model
12.2.1. Fixed versus Random Factors
12.2.2. ANOVA and Variance Components
i 12.3. Randomized Complete Block Design
12.3.1. Design and Statistical Analysis
12.3.2. Multiple Comparisons
12.3.3. Residual Analysis and Model Checking
13. Design of Experiments with Several Factors
3.1. Factorial Experiments
3.2. Two-Factor Factorial Experiments
13.2.1. Statistical Analysis of the Fixed-Effects Model
13.2.2. Model Adequacy Checking
3.3. 2 Factorial Design
13.3.1. Single Replicate
13.3.2. Addition of Center Points
3.4, Blocking and Confounding in the 2* Design
13.5. Fractional Replication of the 2* Design
13.6. Response Surface Methods
4
PSG for BSCE Page 7 of 120
---
## PDF Page 43
[View the original scanned page 43](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=43)
Course Name:
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS TO CE PROBLEMS
Course Description
The course provides background on numerical analysis needed to solve
civil engineering problems numerically when their analytical solution is
either not available or difficult to obtain. MATLAB programming
environment or its equivalent will be introduced and used in the course.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units: 2 Units Lecture, 1 Unit Laboratory
Number of Contact
Hours per week
2 hours Lecture
3 hours Laboratory
Prerequisite
Differential Equations
Addressed by the
Course
Co-Requisite None
Program eEeDgBtE-EkKD
Outcome/s
Course Outcomes
After completing the course, the student must be able to:
1. Identify appropriate numerical/ mathematical tool or concepts
suitable for the solution of the CE problem;
Analyze the CE problem to translate it to a numerical solution;
Use a computer software developing a solution to the problem.
Solve civil engineering problems numerically when their analytical
solution is either not available or difficult to obtain.
oe
Course Quiline
. Lecture
Review of the Mathematical Foundation
Physical Meaning of Derivatives and Integrals
Taylor Series Expansion
Definition of Matrix and Vector; Matrix Algebra - Summation,
Subtraction and Multiplication of Matrices; Transpose, Determinant
and Rank of a Matrix
Fundamentals of Computer aided mathematical calculations
Solving System of Linear Equations
- Unique and Multiple Solutions, Trivial and Non-Trivial Solutions,
No solution
- Direct Methods
Gausss Elimination method
Gauss Elimination with Row Pivoting
Iterative Methods
Jacobi Method
Gauss-Seidel Method
Roots of Nonlinear Equations
PSG for BSCE
Page 8 of 120
---
## PDF Page 44
[View the original scanned page 44](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=44)
- Incremental Search Method
- Bisection Method
- Regula Falsi and Secant Methods
~ Newton-Raphson Method
4. Curve Fitting and Interpolation
- Polynomial Interpolation ~ Lagrange and Newton's Polynomiais
- Cubic and Quadratic Spline Interpolation
- Curve Fitting by Function Approximation
- Least Squares Fit
5. Numerical Differentiation
- Finite Difference Methods — Forward, Backward and Central
Difference formulae
- Derivatives for Noisy Data
7. Numerical Integration
- Euler, Trapezoidal, Simpson and Gaussian Quadrature
schemes.
8. Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Initial Value Problems
- Euler's explicit method
- Modified Euler's method, Midpoint method
- Runge-Kutta methods (24, 3 and 4" order methods)
- Modified Euler's Predictor-Corrector Method
9. Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Boundary-Value
Problems
- Shooting Method
- Finite-Difference Method
Laboratory: Faculty/ instructor shall develop applied CE problem exercises
suitable for the various specialization of the program.
Laboratory
. | Software
Equipment A program software suitable for numerical analysis calculations.
Suggested e Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists: An Introduction
reference books with Applications using MATLAB, Amos Gilat and Vish
Subramaniam, John Wiley, First Edition 2007/2008 [Most but not all
topics are covered in the text]
se Applied Numerical Analysis - Using MATLAB, Laurene V. Fausett,
Prentice Hall, 1999 [Good for computer codes but not so good for
explanation].
e Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and
Scientists, Steven C. Chapra, McGraw Hill, 2"4 Edition 2007/2008
PSG for BSCE Page 9 of 120
---
## PDF Page 45
[View the original scanned page 45](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=45)
B. NATURAL/PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Course Name CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS
This course provides students with core concepts of chemistry that are
important in the practice of engineering profession.
Course Description
Number of Units for
Lecture and 3 units lecture
Laboratory
Number of Contact
Hours per Week 3 hours per week
Prerequisites None
Co-requisites Chemistry for Engineers Lab
Program
Outcome/s i
Addressed by the
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Discuss the application of chemistry in relation to the generation of
energy
2. Explain the chemical principles and concepts of structures and
bonding of common materials
3. Discuss the chemical processes that takes place in the environment
4. Identify key chemistry concepts related to the specific field of
engineering
Course Objectives
1. Energy
a. Electrochemical energy
b. Nuclear chemistry and energy
c. Fuels
2. The Chemistry of Engineering Materials
a. Basic Concepts of Crystal Structure
b. Metals
Course Outline c. Polymers
d. Engineered Nanomaterials
3. The Chemistry of the Environment
a, The Chemistry of the atmosphere
b. The Chemistry of Water
c. Soil chemistry
4. Chemical Safety
5. Special Topics specific to field of expertise
PSG for BSCE Page 10 of 120
---
## PDF Page 46
[View the original scanned page 46](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=46)
Course Name
CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS (Laboratory)
Course Description
A fundamental laboratory course designed to relate and apply the principles
and theories in chemistry to engineering practices. It is a combination of
experimental and calculation laboratory.
Number of Units for
Lecture and
Laboratory
1 laboratory unit
Number of Contact
Hours per Week
3 hours per week
Prerequisites
None
Co-requisites
Chemistry for Engineers (Lecture)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-l, b-l, k-l
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Explicitly state experimental observation in relation to specific
principles and fundamental concepts of chemistry
Interpret results clearly obtained from the experiments
Answer questions related to the performed experiment
Develop critical and technical communication skills
Explain the mechanics of alpha, beta and gamma decay as well as
the correlation between the half-lives
Understand the natural environment and its relationships with human
activities.
7. Design and evaluate strategies, technologies, and methods for
sustainable management of environmental systems and for the
remediation or restoration of degraded environments.
GRAN
@
Course Outline
EXPERIMENTS:
Calorimetry
Heat of Combustion
Metals and Some Aspects of Corrosion
Mechanical Properties of Materials
Water: Its Properties and Purification
Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water
. Cigarette Smoking and Air Pollution
ACTIVITIES:
1. Nuclear Reactions, Binding Energy and Rate of Decay
2. Crystal Lattices and Unit Cells
3. Community Immersion: Care for the Environment
NOQARON =
Laboratory
Equipment
Refer to Annex iV
PSG for BSCE
Page 11 of 120
---
## PDF Page 47
[View the original scanned page 47](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=47)
Course Name PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS — CALCULUS BASED (Lecture}
Vectors; kinematics; dynamics; work, energy, and power; impulse and
momentum, rotation; dynamics of rotation; elasticity; and oscillation. Fluids;
thermal expansion, thermal stress; heat transfer: calorimetry; waves; |
electrostatics; electricity; magnetism; optics; image formation by plane and
curved mirrors; and image formation by thin lenses.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 units lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours per week
per Week
Prerequisites Caiculus 4
Co-requisites Calculus 2; Physics for Engineers Lab
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course ;
a-l
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Use calculus to solve problems in force statics and kinematics;
Apply the Newton’s Laws of Motion;
3. Use calculus to solve work and energy problems;
4. Apply the law of conservation of energy to problems:
5. Solve problems on impulse and momentum and collisions;
6. Determine the stress and strain on a body;
7. Solve simple harmonic motion applications:
8. Describe the characteristics of fluids at rest and in motion;
9. Solve basic problems in fluid statics and kinematics
10. Describe the three methods of heat transfer;
11. Solve basic problems in heat transfer
12. Discuss the properties of waves, modes of vibration of strings
and air columns:
13. Define electric current, electric resistance and voltage;
14. Compute the electric force between electric charges;
Course Outcomes
PSG for BSCE Page 12 of 120
---
## PDF Page 48
[View the original scanned page 48](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=48)
**Physics for Engineers (Lecture)—Course Outcomes, continued**
15. Solve problems on resistance and cells in series and parallel;
16. State Kirchhoff's rules and apply them in a given circuit;
17. Describe electromagnetism and apply its principles to problem on magnetic field and torque.
18. Describe image formation by mirrors and lenses and solve basic optics problems.
**Course Outline:**
1. Work, Energy and Power
2. Impulse and Momentum
3. Kinematics
4. Dynamics
5. Rotation
6. Dynamics of Rotation
7. Elasticity
8. Oscillations
9. Fluids
10. Heat Transfer
11. Waves
12. Electrostatics
13. Electricity
14. Magnetism
15. Optics
**Laboratory Equipment:** none
| Field | Original source text |
|---|---|
| Course Name | **PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS – CALCULUS BASED (Laboratory)** |
| Course Description | A fundamental laboratory course designed to relate and apply the principles and theories of physics. |
| Number of Units for Lecture and Laboratory | 1 laboratory unit |
| Number of Contact Hours per Week | 3 hours per week |
| Prerequisites | Calculus 1 |
| Co-requisites | Calculus 2; Physics for Engineers (Lecture) |
| Program Outcome/s Addressed by the Course | a-I, b-I, k-I |
| Course Outcomes | At the end of the course, the students must be able to: 1. Perform experiments that relate and apply theories and principles of physics. |
*PSG for BSCE — Annex III, Page 13 of 120.*
---
## PDF Page 49
[View the original scanned page 49](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=49)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | GEOLOGY FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS |
| Units | 2 units lecture |
| Contact hours | 2 lecture hours per week |
| Prerequisite | Chemistry for Engineers |
| Co-requisite | *Blank in printed source* |
| Program outcomes addressed (as printed on this specification page) | e-E, f-E, h-D, i-E, j-E |
**Source-layout note:** The Annex II curriculum map also marks outcome k as I; this row is not printed in the page-49 course-specification outcome list. The source discrepancy is preserved.
2. Explicitly state experimental observation in relation to specific principles
and fundamental concepts of physics.
3. Interpret results clearly obtained from the experiments.
4. Answer questions related to the performed experiment.
Course Outline
Pick 12 laboratory excises enumerated below to relate with covered lecture
topics
Laboratory
Equipment
Refer to Annex- IV
Course Name:
GEOLOGY FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS
Course
Description
Fundamentals of geology applied to civil engineering problems. Topics
include rock and mineral types, soil properties, rock mechanics, geologic
structures, active tectonics and earthquake hazards, slope stability and
landslides, groundwater, rivers and flood hazards. Team projects include
engineering geology case studies and site assessment investigations.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
2 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
2 lecture hours per week
Prerequisite
Chemistry for Engineers
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
e-E, f-E, h-D, i-E, j-E
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student must be able to:
1. Describe and explain the role of geology in the design and
construction process of underground openings in rock
2. Apply geologic concepts and approaches on civil engineering
projects.
Identify and classify rock using basic geologic classification systems.
Use the geologic literature to establish the geotechnical framework
needed to properly design and construct heavy civil works rock
projects.
Rw
PSG for BSCE
Page 14 0f 120 -
---
## PDF Page 50
[View the original scanned page 50](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=50)
6. Utilize backgrounds in engineering and earth science to provide
solutions to engineering problems within the context of the natural
world.
Course Outline
GENERAL GEOLOGY
Geology in Civil Engineering - Branches of geology - Earth Structure
and Composition - Elementary knowledge on continental drift and
plate tectonics. Earth processes - Weathering - Work of rivers, wind
and sea and their engineering importance — origin, occurrence of
earthquake- Mode of occurrence - prospecting —Ground water -
Importance in civil engineering.
il MINERALOGY
Elementary knowledge on symmetry elements of crystallographic
systems - physical properties of minerals - study of the following rock
forming minerals - Quariz family. Feldspar family, Augite, Hornblende,
Biotite, Muscovite, Calcite, Garnet - properties, process of formation of |
all minerals - Coal and Petroleum - Their origin and occurence in |
India.
PETROLOGY
Classification of rocks - Distinction between Igneous, Sedimentary and
Metamorphic rocks. Description ~ occurrence, properties and
distribution of following rocks. Igneous rocks - Granite, Syenite,
Diorite, Gabbro, Pegmatite, Dolerite and Basalt. Sedimentary rocks -
sandstone, Limestone, Shale, Conglomerate and breccia.
Metamorphic rocks - Quartzite, Marble, Slate, Gniess and Schist.
IV STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND ROCK MECHANICS
Attitude of beds - Outcrops - Geological maps - study of structures -
Folds, Faults and Joints - Their bearing on Engineering Construction -
Rock mechanics - physical properties and mechanical properties of
rocks — porosity — permeability - density — strength — hardness
elasticity — plasticity - dynamic property of rocks - types of wave theory
~ factors influencing wave velocity - static and dynamics moduli of
elasticity — grouting.
V GEOLOGICAL AND GEOPHYSICAL INVESTIGATION IN CIVIL
ENGINEERING
Site investigations - Geological methods - Exploration techniques -
geophysical methods ~ Seismic and electrical methods — direct
penetration — core boring — logging of cores — geological condition
necessary for construction of dams — tunnels — building — Road cutting
PSG for BSCE
Page 15 of 120°
---
## PDF Page 51
[View the original scanned page 51](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=51)
Laboratory
Suggested
reference books
None
Lonniea
Parbin Singh, “Engineering and General Geology ", Katson Publication
House.
P. C. Varghese, “Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers”. PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd.,
2. Blyth, “ Geology for Engineers ", ELBS, 1995.
Legeet, " Geology and Engineering ", McGraw Hill Book Company, 1998.
Cc. BASIC ENGINEERING SCIENCES
Course Name:
CIVIL ENGINEERING ORIENTATION
Course
Description
Introduction to various tracks of specialization of civil engineering, emphasis
on ethics, responsibility and professionalism.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
2 Units Lecture
2 Lecture hours per week
Prerequisite
High school algebra, geometry, and trigonometry.
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course Outcomes
fel, Hel, jel
“After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1.
2.
Understand the history of Civil Engineering and the profession
Familiarize with the practices of Civil Engineers in relation to their
interaction with society
Know the trend of Civil Engineering development
Understand the relationship of Civil Engineering to Environmental
Science
PSG for BSCE
Page 16 of 120
---
## PDF Page 52
[View the original scanned page 52](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=52)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AND PLANS |
| Units | 1 unit laboratory |
| Contact hours | 3 laboratory hours per week |
| Prerequisite | *Blank in printed source* |
| Co-requisite | *Blank in printed source* |
| Program outcomes addressed | d-E, f-I, g-I, k-E |
**Source-layout note:** The singular “Engineering Drawing and Plans” is printed in the curriculum, while this specification prints “Engineering Drawings and Plans.”
—
History of Civil Engineering
2. Civil Engineering and Society and Other Professions
3. Current Fields/Careers of Civil Engineering
a) Structural Engineering
b) Construction Engineering and Management
: c) Geotechnical Engineering
Course Outline d) Water Resources Engineering
e) Transportation Engineering
f) Environment and Energy |
4. Civil Engineering, Sustainability and the Future
5. Civil Engineering and Environmental Science
Laboratory NIA
Equipment
Suggested Donaldson, K., The Engineering Student Survival Guide, McGraw-Hill
reference books
Course Name:
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AND PLANS
‘This laboratory course is designed to develop abilities needed to develop, ,
accurately locate and interpret dimensions on and read engineering
1 Unit Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours per
if
week
3 Laboratory hours per week
Prerequisite
Course Outcomes
Co-Requisite
Program id-E; f-l; gel) k-E ~~
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course i
[Afr completing this course, the student must be able to:
Be familiar with engineerings drawings.
Understand the concept of drafting.
Recognize the types of engineering drawings.
Properly utilize the scale within a given drawing.
Locate and recognize the revision of a given print.
Recognize which type of view, or views, appear on a drawing.
Identify the types of lines that appear on a drawing.
Understand dimensions and their respective tolerances.
PSG for BSCE
Page 17 of 120
---
## PDF Page 53
[View the original scanned page 53](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=53)
Course Outline
Laboratory
Faculty/ instructor shall develop student exercises that shall demonstrate
the concepts enumerated herewith
. Introduction to the design process
« Drawing Instrument & their use.
= Types of lines & letters.
= Scales
« Dimensions & their Types.
s Planning of a Sheet.
* Types of Engineering Drawings.
« Geometric Constructions & Engineering Curves, Parabola,
Ellipse & Hyperbola.
A. Professional roles
B, Documentation
ll, Use of the architectural and engineering scale
A. Measuring components of working drawings
B. Preparing sketches
Ill. Freehand sketching and lettering techniques
A. Use of tools
B. Professional standards
IV. Theory of orthographic projections
A. 3-view drawings
B. Elevations
C. Sections
V. Symbols and conventions used in architectural and engineering
working drawings
VI. Interpreting working drawings by type and relationships
Building Drawings.
« Building symbols.
= Types of building drawings, proposed drawing, submission
drawing, Working drawing & completion drawing.
A. Site Plan
B. Floor Plan
C. Foundation and Floor Framing Plan
D. Roof Framing Plan
E. Sections
F. Details
G. Exterior and Interior Elevations
H. Utility Plans
Vil. Working drawing content by drawing type
A. Structural
B. Electrical
C. Mechanical and plumbing
VI. Common Code requirements
A. Relationship to plan check documents
B. Relationship to documents and drawings
IX. Common specification information
A. Organization
PSG for BSCE
Page 18 of 120
---
## PDF Page 54
[View the original scanned page 54](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=54)
B. Division content
C. Description of materials
X. Coordination of architectural drawings with structural, electrical,
mechanical, and plumbing plans.
XI. Introduction to Bridge Drawings
XI Introduction to Building Information Modeling
Laboratory Drafting Tables
Equipment Computers
Visualization Software for drawings
Suggested
reference books
Course Name COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS AND PROGRAMMING
Course Basic information technology concepts; fundamentals of algorithm
development: high-level language and programming applications; computer
Description solutions of engineering problems.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 2 units laboratory
Laboratory
Number of Contact
Hours per Week 6 hours laboratory
Prerequisite Second Year Standing
Program
Qutcome/s i kee
Addressed by the |) ©
Course
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Explain basic information technology concepts and concepts Of |
programming languages
. Use application software and the Internet properly;
3. Use high-level programming languages by demonstrating proficiency in
algorithm development;
4. Use the computer as a tool in engineering practice:
Course Outcomes 2
PSG for BSCE Page 79 of 120
---
## PDF Page 55
[View the original scanned page 55](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=55)
4. Introduction to Computers
1.1. Computer Organization
1.2. Number Systems and Data Representation /
Course Outline 1.3. Application Software: Word Processing and Spreadsheet
1.4. The Internet
2. Programming
2.1. Algorithm Development
2.2. Programming Fundamentals
1. Personal computer with:
1.1. Operating system
Laboratory 1.2. Word processing software
Equipment 1.3. Spreadsheet software
1.4. High-level programming language
4.5. Internet browser and internet connection
Caputo, Tony C., Build Your Own Server, McGraw-Hill, 2003.
Kruse, Robert L., Bruce P. Leung and Clovis L. Tondo. Data Structures and |
Suggested Program Design in C, 2nd ed. Prentice Hall, Inc., 1996.
References Press, Barry and Marcia Press. PC Upgrade and Repair Bible, Desktop
Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004.
Sebesta, Robert W. Concepts of Prograrnming Languages, 4th ed.
Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1999.
Course Name COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING
Concepts of computer-aided drafting (CAD); introduction to the CAD
environment; terminologies; and the general operating procedures and
techniques in entering and executing basic CAD commands.
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and 1 unit laboratory
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours laboratory
per Week
Prerequisite Third Year Standing
Program
Outcome/s a-l, k-D
Addressed by the
Course
PSG for BSCE Page 20 of 120
---
## PDF Page 56
[View the original scanned page 56](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=56)
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1.. Identify the techniques and skills in computer-aided drafting that are
necessary for engineering practice
2, Create electronic drawings (e-drawing) using CAD; and
Course
Outcomes
. Introduction to CAD Software
. CAD Drawing
. Snapping, Construction Elements
. Dimensioning
. Plotting, inputting Images
. 3D and Navigating in 3D
. Rendering
Course Outline
“NOOB WN =
=
. Personal computer with:
Laboratory 1.1. Operating system
Equipment 1.2. CAD software
2. Printer or plotter
Suggested
CAD Software User's Manual.
References
Course Name STATICS OF RIGID BODIES
A basic engineering science course of solid mechanicsdealing with bodies
that are or remain at rest.It is designed to provide fundamental concepts
about forces, moments and couples and their systems. The concept of
resultants and equilibrium of forces and moments is utilized to enable solution
of statically determinate problems.
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture 3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours
per Week
Prerequisites Physics for Engineers, Calculus 2
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s aE
Addressed by the '
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Course 1. Understand the concepts of forces and moments of forces;
Outcomes
2. Apply the principles of static equilibrium from the knowledge of resultants
PSG for BSCE Page 21 of 120
---
## PDF Page 57
[View the original scanned page 57](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=57)
cess
of forces and moments.
. Relate the course to other engineering situations that involve the
concepts of forces and moments of forces.
Course Outline
or
Fundamental Concepts
1.1 Force and their characteristics
1.2 External and internal effects of forces
1.3 Force systems; concurrent, non-concurrent, parallel, non-concurrent,
non-parallel; coplanar and spatial force systems
1.4 Components of a force; resolution of forces into planar and spatial
components
1.5 Moment of a force
1.6 Vector analysis; addition, subtraction and multiplication of vectors
Resultants of force systems
2.4 Resultant of coplanar force systems
2.2 The couple and its characteristics
2.3 Resultant of spatial force systems
Equilibrium
3.1 Free-body diagrams
3.2 Equations of equilibrium for a coplanar concurrent force system
3.3 Equilibrium of bodies acted upon my two to three forces
3.4 Equilibrium of bodies acted upon by coplanar non-concurrent force
system
3.6 Equilibrium of bodies acted upon by spatial concurrent force system
3.6 Equilibrium of bodies acted upon by spatial parallel force system
3.7 Equilibrium of bodies acted upon by spatial non-concurrent force
system
Analysis of Structures
4.4 Types of elementary structures
4.2 Nature of supports and their reactions
4.3 Structural stability/instability
4.4 Static indeterminacy of structures — external and internal
4.5 Analysis of plane trusses; method of joints, method of sections
4.6 Analysis of pin-jointed frames -- method of members
Friction
5.1 Dry friction and coefficient of friction
6.2 Angie of friction
§.3 Application of friction in machine elements — wedges, square-
threaded screws, belt-friction
§.4 Equilibrium of forces involving friction
Centroids and Centers of Gravity
6.1 Center of gravity of a two-dimensional body; flat plate
6.2 Determination of centroids by integration
6.3 Centroids of composite bodies -- approximation
Moment of Inertia: Product of inertia
7.4 Moment of inertia
7.2 Area moment of inertia by integration
PSG for BSCE
Page 22 of 120
---
## PDF Page 58
[View the original scanned page 58](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=58)
7.3 Transfer formula for moment of inertia
7.4 Polar moment of inertia
7.8 Radius of gyration
7.6 Moment of inertia for composite sections
7.7 Product of inertia
7.8 Transfer formula for product of inertia
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
Harper and Row, latest edition
Breer, Ferdinand P. and Johnston, E. Russel Jr., Mechanics for
Engineers, McGraw Hill, latest edition
Course Name
DYNAMICS OF RIGID BODIES
Course
Description
Kinetics and kinematics of a particle; kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies;
work energy method; and impulse and momentum.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
2 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
2 hours lecture
Prerequisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course
Outcomes
a-l
Statics of Rigid Bodies
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Singer, Ferdinand L., Engineering Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics,
Hibbeler, R.C., Engineering Mechanics, Statics, , Amazon, 14" Edition
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1.
Discuss the principles governing the motion of particles, velocity and
acceleration;
. Discuss the principles of Newton’s Second Law and its applications;
.. Explain kinematics of rigid bodies, its energy and momentum.
Course Outline
Oo hw NM -~) WN
. Introduction to Dynamics
. Position, Velocity, and Acceleration
. Determination of the Motion of the Particles
. Uniform Rectilinear Motion
. Uniformly Accelerated Rectilinear Motion
. Position Vector, Velocity, and Acceleration
PSG for BSCE
Page 23 of 120
---
## PDF Page 59
[View the original scanned page 59](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=59)
13.1.
3.2.
13.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
3.7.
13.8.
13.9.
14.1,
4.2.
14.3.
4.4,
4.5.
14.6.
7. Derivatives of Vector Functions
8. Rectangular Components of Velocity and Acceleration
9. Flight of Projectile
10. Tangential and Normal Components of Acceleration
11. Kinetics of Particles: Newton’s Second Law
12. Dynamic Equilibrium
13. Kinematics of Rigid Bodies
3.10.
13.11.
14. Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Forces and Accelerations
Translation
Rotation About a Fixed Axis
Equations Defining the Rotation of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Axis
General Plane Motion
Absolute and Relative Velocity in Plane Motion
Instantaneous Center of Rotation in Plane Motion
Absolute and Relative Acceleration
Rate of Change of a Vector with Respect to a Rotating Frame
Plane Motion of a Particle Relative to a Rotating Frame; Coriolis
Acceleration
Motion About a Fixed Point
General Motion
Equation of Motions
Angular Momentum of a Rigid Body in Plane Motion
Plane Motion of a Rigid Body. D’ Alembert’s Principle
Solution of Problems involving the Motion of a Rigid Bodies
Systems of Rigid Bodies
Constrained Plane Motion
15. Plane Motion of Rigid Bodies: Energy and Momentum Methods
15.1. Principle of Work and Energy for a Rigid Body
5.2. Work of Forces Acting on a Rigid Body
15.3. Kinetic Energy of a Rigid Body in Plane Motion
5.4 Systems of Rigid Bodies
15.5 Conservation of Energy
i 15.8 Principle of Impulse and Momentum
15.7 Conservation of Angular Momentum
5.8 Impulsive Motion
15.9 Eccentric Impact
Laboratory None
Equipment
Suggested Beer and Johnston. Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Dynamics, 7th Sl ed.
Reference McGraw-Hill, 2003.
PSG for BSCE Page 24 of 120
---
## PDF Page 60
[View the original scanned page 60](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=60)
: _
Course Name
t _
MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES
i
Course
Description
Axial stress and strain; stresses for torsion and bending; combined stresses:
beam deflections; indeterminate beams; and elastic instability.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
4 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
i
4 hours lecture
Prerequisite
Statics of Rigid Bodies
Co-requisite
Dynamics of Rigid Bodies
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, e-E
Course
After completing this course, the student must be able to: |
1. Explain the concepts of stress and strain; |
2. Compute stresses due to bending, shears, and torsion under plain and
Outcomes combined loading;
3. Analyze statically determinate and indeterminate structures; and
4. Determine the elastic stability of columns.
1. Load Classification
2. Concept of Stress, Normal and Shear Stress
3. Stresses under Centric Loading
4. Stress Concentration
5. Plane Stress
6. Principal Stresses for Plane Stress
7. Mohr’s Circle for Plane Stress
8. Deformations, Normal and Shear Strains
9. Material Properties
Course Outline 10. Working Stresses
1. Deformation in a System of Axially Loaded Members
2. Temperature Effects on Axially Loaded Members
i 3. Staticaily Indeterminate Members
4. Thin-Walled Pressure Vessel
5. Torsional Stresses; Elastic Torsion Formula
6. Torsional Deformation; Power Transmission
7. Flexural Stresses by the Elastic Curve
8. Moment Equation Using Singularity Function
9. Beam Deflection by the Double integration Method
PSG for BSCE
Page 25 of 120
---
## PDF Page 61
[View the original scanned page 61](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=61)
20. Area Moment Theorems
21. Moment Diagram by Parts
22. Beam Deflection by Area Moment Method
23, Statically Indeterminate Beams
24. Buckling of Long Straight Columns
25. Combined Loadings
26. Analysis of Riveted Connections by the Uniform Shear Method
27. Welded Connections
Laboratory
. None
Equipment
Hibbeler, Russell C. Mechanics of Materials, 5th ed. Prentice Hall, Inc.,
2002.
Suggested Higdon, Archie, et al. Mechanics of Deformable Bodies, 4th ed. John Wiley
References & Sons, 1989.
i
H
McGill, David and Wilton M. King. Engineering Mechanics, An Introduction
to Dynamics, 3rd ed. PWS Publishing Co., 1995.
r
i
Course Name ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
Concepts of the time vaiue of money and equivalence; basic economy study
methods; decisions under certainty; decisions recognizing risk; and decisions
admitting uncertainty.
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 units lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours lecture
per Week
Prerequisite Second Year Standing
Program
Outcome/s leE KE
Addressed by the ,
Course
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Solve problems involving interest and the time value of money;
Course 2. Evaluate project alternatives by applying engineering economic principles
Outcomes and methods and select the most economically efficient one; and
3. Deal with risk and uncertainty in project outcomes by applying the basic
economic decision making concepts.
——l
PSG for BSCE Page 26 of 120
---
## PDF Page 62
[View the original scanned page 62](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=62)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | ENGINEERING UTILITIES 1 |
**Source-layout note:** This course begins near the bottom of the page after Engineering Economics. Its specification continues on PDF page 63; do not attribute the preceding economics outline to this course.
Course Outline
. Economic Study Methods
. Introduction
1.1. Definitions
1.2. Principles of Engineering Economics
1.3. Engineering Economics and the Design Process
1.4. Cost Concepts for Decision Making
1.5. Present Economic Studies
. Money-Time Relationships and Equivalence
2.1. Interest and the Time Value of Money
2.2. The Concept of Equivalence
2.3. Cash Flows
3.1. The Minimum Attractive Rate of Return
3.2. Basic Economic Study Methods: Present Worth, Future Worth,
Annual Worth, Internal Rate of Return, External Rate of Return
3.3. Other Methods: Discounted Payback Period, Benefit/Cost Ratio
. Decisions Under Certainty
4.1. Evaluation of Mutually Exclusive Alternatives
4.2. Evaluation of Independent Projects
4.3. Effects of Inflation
4.4. Depreciation and After-Tax Economic Analysis
4.5. Replacement Studies
. Decisions Recognizing Risk
5.1. Expected Monetary Value of Alternatives
5.2. Discounted Decision Tree Analysis
. Decisions Admitting Uncertainty
6.1. Sensitivity Analysis
6.2. Decision Analysis Models
D. ALLIED COURSES
Course Name:
ENGINEERING UTILITIES 1
Course
Description
The course focuses on the environmental systems in buildings. Lecture
discussions include building electrical systems, natural and artificial lighting,
and building telecommunications.
Reducing operational loads and integrating high performance energy
systems into buildings offers solutions towards achieving a sustainable and
secure energy future. Engineers must understand the interrelationship
between a building and its subsystems, and need sufficient knowledge of
building systems and design alternatives to recommend appropriate
i
PSG for BSCE
Page 27 of 120
---
## PDF Page 63
[View the original scanned page 63](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=63)
coordinate the work of the engineering disciplines that carry the sustainability
concept forward through building design, construction, commissioning, |
operation and, ultimately, demolition, recycling and reuse.
Number of Units 7
for Lecture and 3 units lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 lecture hours per week
per week
Prerequisite Physics for Engineers
Co-Requisite
Program c-E, d-E, f-E, g-E, |-E
Outcome/s ;
Addressed by the
Course
Following are the course competencies:
1. Building Electrical Systems
a. Name and define common electrical terminology (i.e. voltage,
amperage, resistance, voltage drop, ampacity, etc.) and relate voltage,
amperage, resistance, energy, and power.
b. Calculate energy and cost of operation of electrical equipment.
c. Name, describe and distinguish between types of electrical circuits
and compute circuit loads.
d. identify, describe and distinguish between types of branch circuit
components.
e. Name, describe and distinguish between types building system |
voltage (e.g., 120/240V, 277/480V, etc.) and buildings in which they are
used.
f. Identify, describe and distinguish between types of building
distribution equipment.
g. Compute the minimum required size of branch circuit components.
h. Interpret design information of building electrical system
components. |
2. Artificial Hlumination and Daylighting.
a. Name, describe and distinguish between types of artificial and
natural lighting sources.
b. Identify the influence of color rendition.
c. Identify appropriate lighting leveis for a specific occupancy.
d. Perform basic lighting analysis (single point, zonal cavity, and natural |
lighting methods)
Course
Outcomes
PSG for BSCE Page 28 of 120
---
## PDF Page 64
[View the original scanned page 64](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=64)
ra
e. Interpret design and detailing information on artificial and natural
lighting.
3. Building Telecommunication Systems
a. Name, describe and distinguish between types of networks.
b. Identify types of transmission media.
c. Name and describe standards, devices, equipment and space
requirements for a structured cabling and wireless systems.
d. interpret design and detailing information on building
telecommunication systems.
a. Identify, describe and distinguish between types of renewable power
systems (e.g., PV, wind, hydropower, etc.).
b. Interpret design and detailing information for renewable power
systems.
Course Outline
Course Introduction
Electrical Theory
Electrical Materiais
Electrical Systems
Electrical Design Principles
Sustainable/Future Systems
Light
Architectural Lamps
Lighting Design Principles
Architectural Lighting Design
Building Telecommunication Systems
Suggested
reference books
Textbook: Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Architecture,
Engineering and Construction. 5” edition. Joseph B. Wujek and Frank
Dagostino. Pearson Education/Prentice Hall. 2010. (Hardcopy
recommended)
Optional Readings: The following books are optional supplementary
reading for this course:
1. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings, 11® edition.
Walter T. Grondzik, Alison G. Kwok, Benjamin Stein, John S. Reynolds. |
John Wiley.
2. Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Buildings, 5th edition.
William K. Y. Tao, and Richard R. Janis.e Pearson Education/Prentice
Hail.
3. Pertinent Codes (Most recent edition): National Electrical Code.
Energy Conservation Code, International Code Council.
PSG for BSCE
Page 29 of 120
---
## PDF Page 65
[View the original scanned page 65](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=65)
Course Name:
[ Engineering Utilities 2 |
Course
Description
nantes seen i
sanitary/ plumbing systems, and acoustics in buildings. Lecture discussions
include HVAC systems, acoustics, vertical transportation and fire protection.
Reducing operational loads and integrating high performance energy
systems into buildings offers solutions towards achieving a sustainable and
secure energy future. Engineers must understand the interrelationship
between a building and its subsystems, and need sufficient knowledge of |
building systems and design alternatives to recommend appropriate
solutions that suit the site, climate, building type, and occupants. They must
coordinate the work of the engineering disciplines that carry the sustainability
concept forward through building design, construction, commissioning,
operation and, ultimately, demolition, recycling and reuse.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per week
3 lecture hours per week
Prerequisite
Physics for Engineers
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
e-E, d-E, FE, g-E, HE
i
Following are the course competencies:
1. Building Plumbing Systems.
a. Name, describe and distinguish between sources of potable
water.
b. Name, describe and distinguish between key types of and
components in a plumbing supply/distribution system.
Course c. Identify, describe and distinguish between types of and uses for
Outcomes |
water heaters.
d. Name and explain basic properties of fluid flow of a building
plumbing system (i.e. flow rate, velocity, pressure, pressure drop, |
etc.).
e. Calculate maximum probable flow rate of a building plumbing
system.
PSG for BSCE Page 30 of 120
---
## PDF Page 66
[View the original scanned page 66](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=66)
f. Calculate pressure drop in lines of a building plumbing system.
g. Compute the minimum required size of distribution lines of a
building plumbing system.
h. Name, describe and distinguish between methods of waste
disposal in buildings.
i. Identify, describe and distinguish between key components of a
drain, west and vent (DWV) system.
j. Compute the minimum required size of drainage and vent lines of
a building plumbing system.
k. Interpret plumbing supply and DWV system design and detailing
information.
2. Life Safety Systems
a. Identify, describe, distinguish between passive and active fire
protection. b. identify, describe, distinguish and interpret fire
resistance and spread fire ratings.
c. Name, describe and distinguish between types and key
components of building fire extinguishing, sprinkler, and
standpipe systems, fire detection systems, and fire alarm
systems.
d. Interpret building fire protection system design and detailing
information.
3. Conveying Systems
a. Identify, describe and distinguish between types of conveying
systems that move people and freight vertically and horizontally
(escalators, elevators, ramps, lifts, walkways).
b. Describe applications for building conveying systems that move
people and freight.
c. Interpret conveying system design and detailing information.
4. Acoustical Control Systems
a. Identify, describe, and interpret ratings related to acoustical
control (STC, NRC).
b. Interpret acoustical control design and detailing information.
Course Outline
Course Introduction
Basic Principles of Sanitary/ Plumbing Design
Plumbing Materials, Fittings, Fixtures
Building Water System and Design
Domestic Water Heating
Sanitary Drainage Systems
OSST/Alternative Waste Systems
Plumbing/Water Systems Review
. Life Safety Systems in Buildings
10. Acoustical Control in Buildings
11. Basic Principles in Building Conveying Systems
OBNOAAR WH =
Suggested
Textbook: Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Architecture,
PSG for BSCE
Page 31 of 120
---
## PDF Page 67
[View the original scanned page 67](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=67)
reference books | Engineering and Construction. 5th edition. Joseph B. Wujek and Frank
Dagostino. Pearson Education/Prentice Hail. 2010. (Hardcopy
recommended)
Optionai Readings: The following books are optional supplementary
reading for this course:
1. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings, 11th edition.
Walter T. Grondzik, Alison G. Kwok,e Benjamin Stein, John S.
Reynolds. John Wiley.
i / 2. Mechanical and Electrical Systems in Buildings, 5th edition.
William K. Y. Tao, and Richard R. Janis.e Pearson
Education/Prentice Hall.
3. Pertinent Codes (Most recent edition): National Fire Protection
Association.e International Fire Code, International Code
Council.e Plumbing Code, International Code Council.e
Mechanical Code, International Code Council.«
E. PROFESSIONAL COURSES — COMMON
Course Name: FUNDAMENTALS OF SURVEYING
This course deals with: Measurement of distance and distance corrections,
the use of surveying instruments, area computations, balancing the traverse,
elevation determination, and leveling..Stadia surveying, topographic
surveying, triangulation and trilateration, missing data, irregular boundaries,
i
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 Units Lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours | 3 hours Lecture
per week
Prerequisite Engineering Drawings and Plans
Co-Requisite Fundamentals of Surveying (Fieldwork)
Program b-D, d-E, e-I, g-E, k-E
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course After completing this course, the student must be able to:
Outcomes 1. Apply the basic surveying concepts, principles and theories on
distance and angular measurements as well as area computation.
PSG for BSCE Page 32 of 120
---
## PDF Page 68
[View the original scanned page 68](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=68)
**Surveying—Course Outcomes, continued**
2. Solve for distances, elevations and areas from a provided set of survey data.
3. Apply the basic surveying concepts, principles and theories on determining horizontal and vertical distances using stadia.
4. Compute for the missing data from an incomplete traverse data.
5. Acquire a working knowledge in design and lay-out of horizontal or vertical curves in highway or railway.
6. Determine and use the appropriate methodology in calculating earthworks in various civil engineering constructions.
**Course Outline:**
1. Introduction of the Surveying,
2. Types of Surveying
3. Measurement of Distance, Errors in measurement
4. Pacing
5. Measurement of Directions and Angles
6. Bearing and Azimuth
7. Magnetic Declination
8. Balancing the Traverse
9. Area Computation;
10. Curvature and Refraction; Elevation Determination
11. Leveling,
12. The Stadia Theory; Measurement by Stadia for Horizontal Distance
13. Measurement by Stadia for Inclined Distance; Sources of Error in stadia work
14. Stadia Interval Factor
15. Triangulation and Trilateralization
16. Topographic Surveying
17. General Characteristics of Contours
18. Horizontal Curves
19. Missing Data
20. Earthwork Operations
21. Global Positioning System
**Laboratory Equipment:** [The corresponding source cell is blank.]
**Suggested reference books:**
1. *Surveying: Theory and Practice* by James M. Anderson and Edward M. Mikhail, (7th Edition), 2002
2. Kavanagh, Barry F., *Surveying: Principles and Applications* (9th Edition), 2014
3. Kavanagh, Barry F., *Surveying with Construction Applications* (8th Edition), 2015
4. Ghilani, C.D., and Wolf, P.R., *Elementary Surveying: An Introduction to Geomatics* (13th Edition), 2011
5. Schofield W. and M. Breach, *Engineering Surveying*, (6th Edition), 2007
6. La Putt, J.P., *Elementary Surveying* (3rd Edition) 2013 Reprint
*PSG for BSCE — Annex III, Page 33 of 120.*
---
## PDF Page 69
[View the original scanned page 69](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=69)
7. La Puit, JP., Higher Surveying (2nd Edition) 2013 Reprint
Course Name: FUNDAMENTALS OF SURVEYING (Fieldwork)
i
Proper handling and utilization of surveying instrument will be taken.
Students will learn how to perform measurement of distance and apply |
distance corrections, use and proper handling of surveying instruments, and
perform calculations related to area computations, latitude and departure
computations, DMD and DPD methods of land area determination,
balancing the traverse, elevation determination, and leveling. Perform stadia |
surveying, topographic surveying, triangulation and trilateralization, missing
data computation, and subdivision of lots. Laying out of horizontal curves,
compound curve, reversed curve, spiral curve and mass diagramming.
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and 1 Unit Fieldwork
Laboratory
Number of : —_
Contact Hours per | 3 Fieldwork hours per week
week
a_
Prerequisite Engineering Drawings and Plans
Co-Requisite Fundamentals of Surveying (Lecture)
Program /d-E, b-D, e-l, g-E, k-E
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
i. Apply the basic surveying concepts, principles and theories on
distance and angular measurements as well as area computation.
2. Conduct fieldwork exercises to measure distances and
angles/direction leading towards the determination of areas and
elevations and report the results in an organized manner.
3. Recognize the importance of various team member's roles and cite
examples of team behaviors that are helpful in the implementation of
the fieldwork exercise.
4, Write a neat and orderly field report detailing the results and
analyses of the fieldwork activity.
5. Apply the basic surveying concepts, principles and theories on stadia
Course Outcomes
PSG for BSCE Page 34 of 120
---
## PDF Page 70
[View the original scanned page 70](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=70)
and topographic surveying as well as subdivision of lots.
6. Utilize modern surveying equipment such as the total station and
handheld GPS in obtaining vertical and horizontal distances, angles
} and coordinates
7. Conduct fieldwork exercises in laying out horizontal curves and
report the results in an organized manner.
8. Utilize modern surveying equipment and software such as the total
station and surveying calculator software in obtaining vertical and
horizontal distances, angles and coordinates
Introduction of the Survey Lab,
Taping (and Pace Factor Determination)
Direction Measurement and Angle Measurement
Balancing the Traverse
Area Computation
Leveling
Stadia Interval Factor
Inclined Stadia Sights
Trilateration and Triangulation
Missing Data : Non-Adjacent Sides
Locating lots using GPS
Boundary mapping using GPS
Subdivision of lots |
Laying Out a Simple Horizontal Curve: Chord-Deflection Method, Tangent
Offset Method, Sub-chord-Deflection Method, Moving-Up on the Curve,
When the Point of Intersection is Inaccessible, Using Two Total Stations,
and When an Obstacle Intervenes on the Curve |
Laying Out a Compound Curve, Reversed Curve and Spiral Curve/Laying |
Out a Vertical Curve
Mass Diagramming
Course Outline
Laboratory Steel Tape, Compass, Theodolite, GPS, Total Station
Equipment
Suggested 8. Surveying: Theory and Practice by James M. Anderson and Edward
reference books M. Mikhail, (7th Edition), 2002
9. Kavanagh, Barry F., Surveying: Principles and Applications (9th
Edition), 2014
0. Kavanagh, Barry F., Surveying with Construction Applications (8th
Edition), 2015
1. Ghilani, C.D., and Wolf, P.R., Elementary Surveying: An Introduction
to Geomatics (13th Edition), 2011 i
2. Schofield W. and M. Breach, Engineering Surveying, (6th Edition),
2007
3. La Putt, J.P., Elementary Surveying (3rd Edition) 2013 Reprint
14. La Putt, J.P., Higher Surveying (2nd Edition) 2013 Reprint
PSG for BSCE Page 35 of 120
---
## PDF Page 71
[View the original scanned page 71](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=71)
Course Name: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND TESTING i
sa i
The course deals with the physical properties of common construction materials
primarily metals, plastics, wood, concrete, coarse and fine aggregates, asphalt
Course and synthetic materials; examination of material properties with respect to
Description design and use of end product, design and control of aggregates, concrete and
i asphalt mixtures, principle of testing; characteristics of test; properties of
materials and materials testing equipment.
Number of Units
for Lecture, :
Lecture — 2 units
Laboratory, ;
; Laboratory ~ 1 unit
Fieldwork and
Tutorial
Number of
Lecture — 2 hours
Contact Hours per,
Laboratory — 3 hours
week
Prerequisite Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Co-requisite Construction Materials and Testing (Laboratory)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, b-D, d-E, g-E, J-E, k-E
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Explain relevant properties of common construction materials:
2, Conduct experiments on common construction materials according to
Course Outcomes
international standards such as the American Society for Testing and
Materiais (ASTM);
3. Evaluate the results of the test of common construction materials
PSG for BSCE Page 36 of 120
---
## PDF Page 72
[View the original scanned page 72](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=72)
introduction to Construction Materials & Testing:
Familiarization with apparatus & equipment used in testing of materials:
General Properties of Materiais:
Specific Weight, Water Absorption, Abrasion, Density and Uniformity of
Aggregates:
Preparation and Curing of Concrete Test Specimens:
Determination of Setting Time of Hydraulic Cement;
Familiarization with the Parts and Functions of the Universal Testing
Machine;
8. Testing of Wood: Samples for Bending, Compression, Shear, Tension,
and Water Content; i
9. Determine the Compressive Strength of Concrete Hollow Blocks;
10. Determining the Time of Setting of Portland Cement
11. Testing the Tensile Strength of Steel Bars
BONS
NQOo
Course Outline
H
12. Field Tests of Construction Materials
Laboratory See Annex IV
Equipment ee
1. Basic Construction Materials 2002, Theodore W. Marotta
2. Civil Engineering Materials 1992 Davis, Troxell & Hawck
Suggested 3. Construction Materials, Smith
Refoonces 4. Materials of Construction 4Ed 1990 Chandigarah
5. Testing of Engineering Materials 1982 Gildey, Murphy & Bragman
6. Materials Testing Blackowski & Ripling
_—e | 7. Strength & Structure of Engineering Materials
Course Name STRUCTURAL THEORY (Lecture)
A professional course common to ail civil engineering students designed to
Course provide fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the theory of
Description structures and structural anaiysis for internal actions in a structure and its
defomations under load.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 lecture units,
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours lecture
per Week
Prerequisites Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Co-requisites Structural Theory (Computation)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by aE, bi, e-E, cl
the Course
Course At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
PSG for BSCE Page 37 of 126:
---
## PDF Page 73
[View the original scanned page 73](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=73)
Outcomes
4. Identify and classify various types of planar and spatial; structural
systems and the manner by which these are supported for stability;
2. Determine the state of static and kinematic determinacy and stability of
structural systems, externally and internally;
3. Apply the methods of structural analysis for external and internal actions
on various types of structural systems due to static and moving loads;
4, Develop intuition on deflected shapes of structures under loading.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
1.1 Introduction to structural engineering; the analysis and design
process;
structural forms, nature of loads; building materials
1.2 Types of supports; support reactions, degrees of static and
kinematic indeterminacy for planar and spatial structures; degrees of
freedom of joint translation and rotation; conditions for instability,
stability, and redundancy of structures;
1.3 Concept of axial, shear, torsional, flexural rigidities and stiffness of
structural members
2 Analysis for external reactions and internal stress resultants of
statically determinate structures
2.1 Beams
2.2 Plane and space trusses
2.3 Cables and arches
2.4 Plane frames
2.5 Influence lines for reactions and internal stress resultants due to
moving loads
3 Classical methods of structural analysis for translations (deflections)
and rotations of statically determinate structures
3.1 Double-integration method for beams
3.2 Area-moment method for beams and plane frames
3.3 Conjugate beam method
3.4 Castigliano's first theorem
3.5 Unit-load method/virtual work
3.6 Partial derivative method
4 Classical methods of structural analysis for statically indeterminate
structures
4.1 Doubie-integration method for beams
4.2 Area-moment method
4.3 Conjugate beam method
4.4 Castigliano’s second theorem
4.5 Unit-load method/virtual work method
4.6 Partial derivative method
4.7 Moment-distribution method
4.8 Three-moment equation for beams
4.9 Method of consistent deformation/superposition
4.10 Slope-deflection method; matrix analysis
5 Approximate methods of structural analysis for statically indeterminate
PSG for BSCE
Page 38 of 120 ~
---
## PDF Page 74
[View the original scanned page 74](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=74)
plane frames
5.1 Portal method
5.2 Cantilever method
5,3 Faotor method
Influence lines for external reactions and internal stress resultants of
indeterminate structures
a
Laboratory
Equipment None
4 Hibbler, R.C., Structura/ Analysis, Sth Ed., Prentice Hail
2 Rajan. S.D., Introduction to Structural Analysis and Design, John Wiley
& Sons, 2001
3 Utku, Senol, Norris C.H. and Wilbur, J.B., Elementary Structural
Analysis,
4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1991
Reference Books
Course Name STRUCTURAL THEORY (Computation)
A professional course common to ail civil engineering students designed to
Course provide fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the theory of
Description structures and structural analysis for internal actions in a structure and its
defomations under load.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 1 unit computation
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours computation
per Week
Prerequisite Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Co-requisite Structural Theory (Lecture)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by jp a-E, bel, e-E, kel
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Course e Demonstrate by numerical calculations and other methods the
Outcomes concepts, principles and theories obtained from the lecture
portion of the course.
41. {Introduction
Course Outline
1.3 introduction to structural engineering; the analysis and design
PSG for BSCE Page 39 of 126
---
## PDF Page 75
[View the original scanned page 75](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=75)
process;
structural forms, nature of loads; building materials
1.2 Types of supports; degrees of static and kinematic indeterminacy
for planar and spatial structures; degrees of freedom of joint
translation and rotation
1.4 Concept of axial, shear, torsional, flexural rigidities and stiffness
2 Analysis for external reactions and internal stress resultants of
statically determinate structures
2.1 Beams
2.2 Plane and space trusses
2.3 Cables and arches
2.4 Plane frames
2.5 Influence lines for reactions and internal stress resuitants due to
moving loads
3 Classical methods of structural analysis for translations (deflections)
and rotations of statically determinate structures
3.1 Double-integration method for beams
3.2 Area-moment method for beams and plane frames
3.3 Conjugate beam method
3.4 Castigliano's first theorem
3.5 Unit-load method/virtual work
3.6 Partial derivative method
4 Classical methods of structural analysis for statically indeterminate
structures
4.10 Double-integration method for beams
411 Area-moment method
4.12 Conjugate beam method
4.13 Castigliano’s second theorem
4.14 Unit-load method/virtual work method
4.15 Partial derivative method
4.46 Moment-distribution method
4A7T Three-moment equation for beams
418 Method of consistent deformation/superposition
4.10 Slope-deflection method; matrix analysis
5 Approximate methods of structural analysis for statically indeterminate
plane frames
5.1 Portal method
5.2 Cantilever method
5.3 Faotar method
6 Influence lines for external reactions and internal stress resultants of
indeterminate structures
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
4 Hibbler, R.C., Sfructural Analysis, 9th Ed., Prentice Hall
5 Rajan. S.D., Introduction to Structural Analysis and Design, John Wiley
& Sons, 2001
6 Utku, Senol, Norris C.H. and Wilbur, J.B., Elementary Structural
PSG for BSCE
Page 40 of 120
---
## PDF Page 76
[View the original scanned page 76](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=76)
Analysis,
4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1991
Course Name
HIGHWAY AND RAILROAD ENGINEERING
Course
Description
Presents the methods and underlying principles for the design and control of
the elements of road and railroad infrastructure. Students also become familiar
with transportation system terminology, flow analysis, driver, vehicle and road
characteristics, and aspects of road geometrics, road construction, drainage,
pavements and maintenance.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours lecture per week
Prerequisites
Fundamentals of Surveying
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by aE, GE, e-E, gE
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Define the basic concepts of highway and railroad transportation and
present how to apply them in civil engineering practice
2. Recognize the concepts associated with the geometric and structural
Course design of highway and railway engineering systems.
Outcomes 3. Explain the basic service requirements of highway and detail the
procedure to conduct level of service analysis.
4. Develop basic traffic stream parameters and models, traffic flow
models, and apply the queuing theory
Course Outline
1. Importance of transportation, different modes of transportation,
characteristics of road transport, scope of highway and traffic
engineering
2. Highway development and planning: Importance, classification of
roads, road patterns, planning surveys; highway alignment and surveys
3. Design criteria for highways and railways
4. Geometric design for highways and railways, including cross sections,
horizontal and vertical alignments, super-elevation and earthworks.
Structural design of railways and pavements
Failures, maintenance and rehabilitation of transportation
infrastructure.
Don
PSG for BSCE
Page 41 of 120
---
## PDF Page 77
[View the original scanned page 77](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=77)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | BUILDING SYSTEMS DESIGN |
**Source-layout note:** This course begins near the bottom of the page after Highway and Railroad Engineering; the remaining header rows continue on page 78.
7. Traffic Engineering: Traffic characteristics - Traffic studies-speed,
volume, speed and delay, origin-destination, parking and accident
studies; capacity of urban roads and highways; traffic operations
regulation and control; design of intersections- at grade and grade
separated
8. Traffic flow and analysis of roads including queuing analysis and level
of service assessment.
9. Pavement Materials and Design: Specifications and tests on pavement
materials, pavement design factors, design of flexible and rigid
pavements as per IRC
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
1. Mannering Fred, Washburn Scott,Kilaresky Walter. 2004. Principles of
Highway Engineering & TrafficAnalysis. Muze Inc.
2. Wright, Paul H. 2003. Highway Engineering.Wiley & Sons.
3. Garber, Nicholas; &Hoel, Lester. 2001.Highway and Traffic Engineering.
Brockes/Cole Publishing.
4. Fajardo, Max Jr. B., Elements of Roads and Highways, Second Edition,
5138 Merchandising Publisher, Manila, 1998.
5. Department of Public Works and Highways.1995. Standard Specification
for Public Works and Highways(Volume il — Standard Specification for
Highways, Bridges and Airports), DPWH, Office of the Secretary, Bonifacio
Drive, Port Area, Manila
6. Hay, W. W. 1982. Railroad Engineering, 2° Edition. Wiley.
7. Armstrong J. H. 2008. The Railroad: What It Is, What It Does, 5th Edition.
Course Name:
Course
Description
PSG for BSCE
Building construction is examined from the standpoints of life safety (including
fire safety and zoning constraints on site planning); architectural and building
service systems (plumbing, electrical, vertical transportation, security, fire
protection); materials, sustainability, and life-cycle analysis; accessibility;
technical documentation and outline specifications; building enclosure
systems, and interior finish systems.
The lecture course will focus on developing knowledge of building systems,
including architectural design building materials and construction techniques,
and will foster the skiils required to adopt a building systems approach
compliant to the National Building Code and its referral codes. The students’
developed knowledge of building systems will also include understanding of
different types and applications of building materials and diverse construction
techniques. Sustainability principles’ impact on the property lifecycle, and how
these will integrate and apply to skills and knowledge to industry based case
studies will also be examined. The course will include at least one site visit to
an operating building in the locality.
The laboratory class will focus on the tools and techniques to create a
computer generated building model, and applied tools for working with
computer model exploring output and simulation. Students will develop
techniques looking at both realistic and schematic representation, and the
Page 42 of 120
---
## PDF Page 78
[View the original scanned page 78](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=78)
integration of building systems modeling as a tool to inform and enhance the
design process. _
Number of Units
for Lecture and
2 Units Lecture
1 Unit Laboratory
Laboratory
Number of 2 lecture hours per week
Contact Hours
3 laboratory hours per week
per week
Prerequisite
Engineering Drawings and Plans
Program c-E; d-E; e-E; f-f; g-l; hel; jel; K-E
Outcome/s
Addressed by
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be abie to:
1. Identify appropriate provisions of the National Building Code and its
referral codes as these apply to buildings;
2. Codes and Regulations: Ability to design sites, facilities, and systems
that are responsive to relevant codes and regulations, and include the
principles of lifesafety and accessibility standards;
3. Technical Documentation: Ability to make technically clear drawings,
prepare outline specifications, and construct models illustrating and
identifying the assembly of materials, systems, and components
appropriate for a building design;
4. Building Envelope Systems and Assemblies: Understanding of the
Course basic principles involved in the appropriate selection and application of
Outcomes building envelope systems relative to fundamental performance,
aesthetics, moisture transfer, durability, and energy and material
resources;
5. Building Materials and Assemblies: Understanding of the basic
principles used in the appropriate selection of interior and exterior
construction materials, finishes, products, components, and
assemblies based on their inherent performance, including
environmental impact and reuse;
6. Building Service Systems: Understanding of the basic principles and
appropriate application and performance of building service systems,
including lighting, mechanical, plumbing, electrical, communication,
vertical transportation, security, and fire protection systems:
7. Financial Considerations Understanding of the fundamentals of
building costs, which must include life-cycle costs.
Course Outline
Lecture
. Codes and Regulations:
National Building Code of the Philippines
Architectural Code
National Structural Code of the Philippines
PSG for BSCE
Page 43 of 120,
---
## PDF Page 79
[View the original scanned page 79](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=79)
Laboratory
Equipment
Vi.
Computers
Visualization Softwares
Electrical Code of the Philippines
Fire Code
National Plumbing Code
Sanitation Code of the Philippines
Technical Documentation:
Space planning
Calculations
Specifications
Quantity Survey and Cost Estimates
Building Permit
Building Envelope Systems and Assemblies:
Fundamentals of performance
Aesthetics
Moisture transfer
Durability
Energy and material resources;
Building Materials and Assemblies:
Appropriate selection of interior and exterior construction materials
Finishes, Products, Components, and
Environmental Impact and Reuse of Materials
Building Service Systems:
Lighting:
Mechanical Systems in Buildings including Vertical Transportation;
Plumbing Systems in Buildings;
Electrical, Communication, and Security;
Fire Protection Systems.
Financial Considerations:
Fundamentals of Building Costs;
Life-cycle Costs.
Laboratory Exercises to be designed as appropriate by
Faculty/ instructor
Suggested
reference books
Codes and Standards
National Building Code of the Philippines
Architectural Code
National Structural Code of the Philippines
Electrical Code of the Philippines
Fire Code
National Plumbing Code
Sanitation Code of the Philippine
PSG for BSCE
Page 44 of 120
---
## PDF Page 80
[View the original scanned page 80](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=80)
edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2013
PRINCIPLES OF STEEL DESIGN (Lecture)
Course
Description
A professional course common to all civil engineering students designed to
provide fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the structural
strength analysis and design of steel elements in a structure
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
2 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours
.
2 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies, Structural Theory
Co-requisites
Principles of Steel Design (Computation)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by aE, bl cE
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the stress-strain characteristics of steel in both elastic and
plastic stages of deformation;
2. Be able to determine the strength of structural steel members in axial
Course loading, bending, shear, and torsion for various cross-sectional shapes
Outcomes in both elastic and plastic conditions
3. Be able to apply allowable strength and load-and-resistance factor
design methods of steel design
Be able to determine the strength of bolted/riveted and welded
connections
4.
Course Outline
1. Introduction the course
1.1 Identification of civil engineering structures for which the use of
structural steel is applicable for use
1.2 Typical stress-strain characteristics of steel in simple tension and
the evaluation of its mechanical properties
1.3 Availability of steel grades available in the country and elsewhere
2. Familiarization of various structural shapes
2.1 Rolled sections, built-up sections
2.2 Determination of the cross-sectional properties of structural shapes
2.3 Introduction to available manuals, charts, and tables already
available
Analysis and design for axial tension
3.1 Reference codes of practice ~AISC, NSCP C101
3.2 Factors affecting the allowable tensile stress
3.3 Gross area, net area, effective net area for bolted/riveted
connections
PSG for BSCE
Page 45 of 120°
---
## PDF Page 81
[View the original scanned page 81](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=81)
3.4 Limiting slenderness of tension members
3.5 Allowable tensile strength, ultimate tensile strength
3.6 Allowable strength design (ASD) and load-and-resistance factor
design (LRFD) methods
4. Analysis and design for axial compression
4.1 Euler's critical load, critical stress
4.2 End conditions and slenderness ratio
4.3 Factors affecting the allowable compressive stress
4.4 Code provisions for allowable compressive stress
4.5 Evaluation of allowable axial compressive load for any structural
shape and sienderness
4.6 Use of available tables in manuals for allowable concentric loads
4.7 Column built-up sections, evaluation of allowable concentric load
4.8 ASD and LRFD of axialily-loaded compression members
5. Analysis and design of members for bending
5.1 Factors affecting the allowable bending stress
5.2 Compact, non-compact, slender sections in bending
5.3 Lateral unbraced length of flexural members
5.4 Moment-resisting capacity of beams
5.5 Nominal bending, plastic bending strength
5.6 ASD and LRFD for bending
6. Shear strength of structural members
6.1 Allowable shear stress, allowable shear strength
6.2 Nominal shear strength
6.3 ASD and LRFD of structural elements for shear
7. Combined axial and flexural loading
7.1 Investigation of column adequacy under combined loading
7.2 Conversion of moments to equivalent axial loads
7.3 Design of columns under combined loading
8 Connections
8.1 Welded connections
8.2 Types of welds
8.3 Allowable strength of welds
8.4 Allowable strength of welded connections
8.5 Bolted/riveted connections, allowable strength of boits/rivets
8.6 Allowabie strength of bolts, rivets
1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), Manual of Steel
Construction, latest edition
2. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP), National
Reference Books Structural Code for Buildings and Other Vertical Structures (NSCP
C101. 7" Ed.), 2016
3. Spiegel, Leonard and Limbrunner, George F, Applied Structural Steel
Design, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, Inc., 1997
PSG for BSCE Page 46 of 120
---
## PDF Page 82
[View the original scanned page 82](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=82)
Course Name
PRINCIPLES OF STEEL DESIGN (Computation)
Course
Description
A professional course common to all civil engineering students designed to
provide fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the structural
strength analysis and design of steel elements in a structure
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
7 unit computation
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 computation hours
Prerequisite
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies, Structural Theory
Principles of Steel Design (Lecture)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by a-E, Bel, k-E
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Course Demonstrate by numerical calculations and other methods the
Outcomes concepts, principles and theories obtained from the lecture portion
of the course.
Course Outline
1. Introduction the course
1.1 Identification of civil engineering structures for which the use of
structural steel is applicable for use
1.2 Typical stress-strain characteristics of steel in simple tension and
the evaluation of its mechanical properties
1.3 Availability of steel grades available in the country and elsewhere
2. Familiarization of various structural shapes
2.1 Rolled sections, built-up sections
2.2 Determination of the cross-sectional properties of structural shapes
2.3 Introduction to available manuals, charts, and tables already
available
3. Analysis and design for axial tension
3.1 Reference codes of practice -AISC, NSCP C101
3.2 Factors affecting the allowable tensile stress
3.3 Gross area, net area, effective net area for bolted/riveted
connections
3.4 Limiting slenderness of tension members
3.5 Allowable tensile strength, ultimate tensile strength
3.6 Allowable strength design (ASD) and load-and-resistance factor
design (LRFD) methods
4. Analysis and design for axial compression
4.1 Euler’s critical load, critical stress
4.2 End conditions and slenderness ratio
4.3 Factors affecting the allowable compressive stress
PSG for BSCE
Page 47 of 120
---
## PDF Page 83
[View the original scanned page 83](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=83)
4.4 Code provisions for allowable compressive stress
4.5 Evaluation of allowable axial compressive load for any structural
shape and slenderness
4.6 Use of available tables in manuals for allowable concentric loads
4.7 Column built-up sections, evaluation of allowable concentric load
4.8 ASD and LRFD of axially-loaded compression members
Analysis and design of members for bending
5.1 Factors affecting the allowable bending stress
§.2 Compact, non-compact, slender sections in bending
5.3 Lateral unbraced length of flexural members
5.4 Moment-resisting capacity of beams
5.5 Nominal bending, plastic bending strength
5.6 ASD and LRFD for bending
Shear strength of structural members
6.1 Allowable shear stress, allowable shear strength
6.2 Nominal shear strength
6.3 ASD and LRFD of structural elements for shear
Combined axial and flexural loading
7.1 Investigation of column adequacy under combined loading
7.2 Conversion of moments to equivalent axial loads
7.3 Design of columns under combined loading
Connections
8.1 Welded connections
8.2 Types of welds
8.3 Allowable strength of welds
8.4 Allowable strength of welded connections
8.5 Bolted/riveted connections, allowable strength of bolts/rivets
8.6 Allowable strength of bolts, rivets
Laborator
Equipment Computers
4. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), Manual of Steel
Construction, latest edition
5. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP), National
Reference Books Structural Code for Buildings and Other Vertical Structures (NSCP
C101. 7" Ed.j, 2016
6. Spiegel, Leonard and Limbrunner, George F, Applied Structural Steel
Design, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill, inc., 1997
Course Name
PRINCIPLES OF REINFORCED/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (Lecture)
Course Description
A professional course common to all civil engineering students designed to provide
fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the structural strength analysis and
design of plain, reinforced, and prestressed concrete elements in a structure
Number of Units for
3 lecture units
PSG for BSCE
Page 48 of 120
---
## PDF Page 84
[View the original scanned page 84](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=84)
Lecture and
Laboratory
Number of Contact
Hours per Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites , Structural Theory
Co-requisites Principles of Reinforced/Prestressed Concrete (Computation)
Program
Outcome/s a-E, b-l, k-E
Addressed by the
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the in-depth stress-strain characteristics of concrete for all stages
of loading.
2. Evaluate the strength of structural plain, reinforced, or prestressed concrete
elements in axial loading, bending, shear, and torsion under pseudo-elastic
and inelastic stages of loading
3. Apply allowable strength and load-and-resistance factor design methods for
reinforced and prestressed concrete
Course Outcomes
1 Properties of concrete as a construction material
1.1 identification of structures for which the use of reinforced or prestressed
concrete is applicable
1.2 Typical stress-strain characteristics of concrete in simple compression
1.3 Mechanical properties of concrete; modulus of elasticity
1.4 Properties of reinforcing steel; Grades of steel available
1.5 Reference code of practice (NSCP C101, ACI 318 Publications)
2 Analysis for flexurai strength of reinforced concrete
2.1 Mechanics of bending
2.2 Flexural strength of plain concrete beam sections
2.3 Singly-reinforced rectangular beam sections under elastic, elasto-
plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength, nominal and
design bending strengths
2.4 Doubly-reinforced rectangular beam sections under elastic, elasto-
Course Outline plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength, nominal and
design bending strengths
2.5 Singly-reinforced T- beam sections under elastic, elasto-
plastic, and uitimate bending; allowable bending strength, nominal and
design bending strengths
2.6 Doubly-reinforced T- beam sections under elastic, elasto-
plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength, nominal and
design bending strengths
2.7 Rectangular and T- beam sections with web longitudinal reinforcement
under elastic, elasto- plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending
strength, nominal and design bending strengths
3 Design for flexural strength of reinforced concrete
3.1 Singly-reinforced rectangular beam sections
3.2 Doubly-reinforced rectangular beam sections
3.3 Singly-reinforced rectangular T-beam sections
3.4 Doubly-reinforced rectangular T-beam sections
PSG for BSCE Page 49 of 120
---
## PDF Page 85
[View the original scanned page 85](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=85)
fo?)
7
Analysis and design for shear
4.1 Mechanics of shear
4.2 Types of shear reinforcement
4.3 Allowable and nominal shear stress of concrete in reinforced sections
4.4 Allowable and nominal shear strength of reinforced webs
4.5 Allowable stress design and strength design for shear
Analysis and design for torsion
5.1 Mechanics of torsion
5.2 Allowable and nominal torsion stress of concrete in reinforced sections
5.3 Nominal torsion strength of reinforced webs
5.4 Strength design for torsion
5.5 Strength design for shear and torsion
Analysis and design for compression members
6.1 Short RC columns under concentric loading
Allowable strength analysis
6.3 Nominal strength, design strength analysis
Short RC columns under uniaxial bending
Balanced loading, compression failure, tension failure
Nominal strength, design strength
Strength interaction between axial load and uniaxial bending moment
6.8 Nominal and design strength of columns under biaxial bending
Slenderness effects for columns
6.10 Strength design of eccentrically-loaded columns for longitudinal
reinforcement under unaxial and under biaxial bending
6.11 Transverse reinforcement design for columns
Prestressed concrete
7.1 Sources of prestressing force
7.2 Prestressing wires, cables, and tendons
7.3 General equations for flexural design
7.4 Cable profiles
7.5 Losses in prestressing
7.6 Nominal bending strength, design bending strength
7.7 Shear and diagonal tension
Reference Books
. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National
Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP C101, Vol. | Builings
and Other Vertical Structures), 7° Ed., 2016
American Concrete Institute, AC/ 378 Building Code
Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, \atest edition
McCormac, Jack C, Design of Reinforced Concrete, 7th Ed.,
2005, John Wiley & Sons
Nilson, Arthur H. and Winter, George et. Al, Design of Concrete
Structures, 13th Ed., 2000, Mc-Graw Hill, Inc.
Wang. Chu Kia and Salmon, Charles C, Reinforced Concrete
Design,6th Ed., 1998, Addison-Wesley
PSG for BSCE
Page 50 of 120:
---
## PDF Page 86
[View the original scanned page 86](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=86)
Course Name
PRINCIPLES
(Computation)
OF REINFORCED/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
Course
Description
A professional course common to all civil engineering students designed to
provide fundamental concepts, principles, and theories in the structural
strength analysis and design of plain, reinforced, and prestressed concrete
elements in a structure
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
1 unit computation
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours computation
Prerequisites
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies, Structural Theory
Principles of Reinforced/Prestressed Concrete (Lecture)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, b-l, k-E
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Demonstrate by numerical calculations and other methods the
concepts, principles and theories obtained from the lecture
portion of the course.
Course Outline
4. Properties of concrete as a construction material
a. {identification of structures for which the use of reinforced or
prestressed concrete is applicable
b. Typical stress-strain characteristics of concrete in simple
compression
c. Mechanical properties of concrete; modulus of elasticity
d. Properties of reinforcing steel; Grades of steel available
e. Reference code of practice (NSCP C101, ACI 318
Publications)
2. Analysis for flexural strength of reinforced concrete
a. Mechanics of bending
b. Flexural strength of piain concrete beam sections
c. Singly-reinforced rectangular beam sections under elastic,
elasto-plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength,
nominal and design bending strengths
d. Doubly-reinforced rectangular beam sections under elastic,
elasto-plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength,
nominal and design bending strengths
e. Singly-reinforced T- beam sections under elastic, elasto-plastic,
and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength, nominal and
PSG for BSCE
Page 51 of 120
---
## PDF Page 87
[View the original scanned page 87](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=87)
design bending strengths
f. Doubly-reinforced T- beam sections under elastic, elasto-
plastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending strength,
nominal and design bending strengths
3. Rectangular and T- beam sections with web longitudinal reinforcement
under elastic, elasto- piastic, and ultimate bending; allowable bending
strength, nominal and design bending strengths
4. Design for flexural strength of reinforced concrete
a. Singly-reinforced rectangular beam sections
b. Doubly-reinforced rectangular beam sections
c. Singly-reinforced rectangular T-beam sections
d. Doubly-reinforced rectangular T-beam sections
5. Analysis and design for shear
a. Mechanics of shear
b. | Types of shear reinforcement
c. Allowable and nominal shear stress of concrete in reinforced
sections
d. Allowable and nominal shear strength of reinforced webs
e. Allowable stress design and strength design for shear
6. Analysis and design for torsion
a. Mechanics of torsion
b. Allowable and nominal torsion stress of concrete in reinforced
sections
c. Nominal torsion strength of reinforced webs
d. Strength design for torsion
e, Strength design for shear and torsion
7. Analysis and design for compression members
a. Short RC columns under concentric loading
b. Allowable strength analysis
c. Nominal strength, design strength analysis
d. Short RC columns under uniaxial bending
e. Salanced loading, compression failure, tension failure
f. Nominal strength, design strength
g. Strength interaction between axial load and uniaxial bending
moament
Nominal and design strength of columns under biaxial bending
Slenderness effects for columns
j. Strength design of eccentrically-loaded columns for longitudinai
reinforcement under unaxial and under biaxial bending
k. Transverse reinforcement design for columns
7 Prestressed concrete
Sources of prestressing force
Prestressing wires, cables, and tendons
General equations for flexural design
Cable profiles
Losses in prestressing
o205D
PSG for BSCE Page 52 of 120
---
## PDF Page 88
[View the original scanned page 88](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=88)
f. Nominal bending strength, design bending strength
g. Shear and diagonal tension
Laboratory
Equipment Computers
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National
Structural Code of the Philippines (C101-16, 7th Ed.. 2016)
2. American Conrete Instiute, AC/ 318 Building Code Requirements
for Reinforced Concrete, latest edition
3. McCormac, Jack C, Design of Reinforced Concrete, 7th Ed., 2005,
John Wiley & Sons
4. Nilson, Arthur H. and Winter, George et. Al, Design of Concrete
Structures, 13th Ed., 2000, Mc-Graw Hill, Inc.
5. Wang. Chu Kia and Salmon, Charles C, Reinforced Concrete
Design, 6th Ed., 1998, Addison-Wesley
Reference Books
Course Name HYDRAULICS (Lecture)
The course emphasizes the continuity equation, energy equation, and
momentum equation. Familiarization of the properties of common liquids in
the study of hydraulics. Application of fundamental principles to solve
Course problems involving liquid pressure and corresponding forces resulting from
Description this pressure. Applications of appropriate equations in performing calculations
involving flow velocity, flow rate and forces exerted by moving liquids in
closed conduits and open channels. Familiarization and applications of flow
measuring devices such as orifice, weirs, pitot tube,
Number of Units
for Lecture and 4 units of lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 4 hours a week
per Week
Prerequisites Dynamics of Rigid Bodies, Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Co-requisite Hydraulics Laboratory
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the a-E, b-D, e-E, g-E
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Course 1. Discuss the different liquid properties that are involved in the
Outcomes determination of pressure, forces, and flow.
2. Discuss the Continuity Equation with reference to the conservation of
PSG for BSCE Page 53 of 120
---
## PDF Page 89
[View the original scanned page 89](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=89)
mass, Energy Equation with reference to the Euler equation, and
Momentum Equation with reference to the 2? Law of Newton or
motion.
3. Perform calculations related to (2.a) fluid pressure and forces with the
liquid is at rest, (2.b) flow velocity, flow rate, pressure, and forces
when liquid is flowing in pipes and open channels, (2.c) flow velocity
and flow rates in conjunction with different flow measuring devices.
4. Design laboratory experimental procedure, perform the procedure, and
interpret the result
Course Outline
1) Common liquid properties
2) Hydrostatic pressure and forces
3) Fluid’s flow equations:
4) Volume flow rate
5) Mass flow rate
6) Weight Flow rate
7) Continuity equation
8) Energy Equation
9) Momentum equation
0) Flow in closed Conduits
11) Resistance formula: Hagen-Poiseuille equation, Darcy-Weisbach
formula, Colebrook —White
12) Minor losses in pipes
3) Losses due to friction
14) Pipe connecting two reservoirs
15) Reservoir problems
16) Pipe in series
17) Parallel pipes
18) Pipe Networks
9) Water Hammer
20) Open channel
21) Uniform flow
22) Flow resistance formula
23) Efficient section
24) Specific Energy
25) Rapidly Varied Flow (Hydraulic Jump)
26) Gradually Varied Flow
27) Flow measurements
28) Orifice
29) Venturi meter
30) Weirs
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
1. C.T. Crowe, J. A. Roberson and D.F. Eiger, “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”
9" Edition “, Copyright 2005 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. J.F. Cruise, M.M. Sheriff, V.J Singh, “Elementary Hydraulics” International
Student Edition, Copyright 2007, Thopmson, Canada
PSG for BSCE
Page 54 of 120
---
## PDF Page 90
[View the original scanned page 90](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=90)
3. A. Chadwick and J. Morfett, “Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental
Engineering” , Copyright 1993 by F&FN Spon.
4. R.E. Featherstone and C. Nalluri, “Civil Engineering Hydraulics” 3° Edition
“ Copyright 1995 by Blackwell Science Lid.
Course Name
HYDRAULICS (LABORATORY)
Course
Description
The course emphasizes the continuity equation, energy equation, and
momentum equation. Familiarization of the properties of common liquids in
the study of hydraulics. Application of fundamental principles to solve
problems involving liquid pressure and corresponding forces resulting from
this pressure. Applications of appropriate equations in performing calculations
involving flow velocity, flow rate and forces exerted by moving liquids in
closed conduits and open channels. Familiarization and applications of flow
measuring devices such as orifice, weirs, pitot tube,
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
41 unit of laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours laboratory
Prerequisites
Dynamics of Rigid Bodies, Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Co-requisite
Hydraulics (Lecture)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, b-D, d-E, e-E, g-E
Course
Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss the different liquid properties that are involved in the
determination of pressure, forces, and flow.
2. Discuss the Continuity Equation with reference to the conservation of
mass, Energy Equation with reference to the Euler equation, and
Momentum Equation with reference to the 2° Law of Newton on
motion.
3. Perform calculations related to (2.a) fluid pressure and forces with the
liquid is at rest, (2.b) flow velocity, flow rate, pressure, and forces
when liquid is flowing in pipes and open channels, (2.c) flow velocity
and flow rates in conjunction with different flow measuring devices.
4. Design laboratory experimental procedure, perform the procedure, and
interpret the result
PSG for BSCE
Page 55 of 120
---
## PDF Page 91
[View the original scanned page 91](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=91)
Course Outline
Determination of density of common liquid (oil, water, glycerine)
Determination of liquid viscosity (oil, water, glycrine)
Calibration of pressure gage using the Dead weight apparatus
Hydrostatic force on submerged and Semi-submerged rectangular
area
Buoyancy and Stability of floating object
Energy equation experiment using the Bernoulli apparatus
Laminar and turbulent flow experiments
Water jet impinging on fixed blade
. Experimentation on major and minor losses in pipes
10. Pipes in Series and parallel
11. Discharge measurements (Orifice, weir, Venture meter, Pitot tube)
12. Hydraulic jump
RON >
ODNAH
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
1. C.T. Crowe, J. A. Roberson and D.F. Elger, “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”
9" Edition *, Copyright 2005 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. J.F. Cruise, M.M. Sheriff, V.J Singh, “Elementary Hydraulics” International
Student Edition, Copyright 2007, Thopmson, Canada
3. A. Chadwick and J. Morfett, “Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental
Engineering” , Copyright 1993 by F&FN Spon.
4. R.E. Featherstone and C. Nalluri, “Civil Engineering Hydraulics” 3 Edition
“, Copyright 1995 by Blackwell Science Ltd.
Course Name
HYDROLOGY
Course
Description
The course deals on the hydrologic cycle and the different processes such as
precipitation, evaporation, infiltration, overland flow, groundwater flow and
surface runoff generation.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
2 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
2 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Integral caiculus
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, e-E, g-E, k-E
PSG for BSCE
Page 56 of 120
---
## PDF Page 92
[View the original scanned page 92](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=92)
Course
Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss with appropriate diagrams the hydrologic cycle and the
different processes and storages within the cycle.
2. Perform calculation related to measurements, movement, and
storages in the different processes of the hydrologic cycle.
Course Outline
Definition of Hydrology
2. The Hydrologic Cycie
3. Precipitation
e Formation of Precipitation
e Different Types of Precipitation
Rainfall characteristics (Depth, Duration, Intensity, Hyetograph)
Point Rainfall Measurements
Different Types of Raingauges
Estimation of Missing rainfall data
Conversion of Point rainfall to areal rainfall
e Double Mass Analysis
4. Infiltration
e Definition of infiltration
Factors affecting infiltration, and infiltration measurements
Horton Model and Phillip’s equation,
Green-Ampt model
Ponding time
e Fitting infiltration models to infiltration data using Excel
5, Evaporation (Here only discussions of basic concepts are introduced.
The detailed calculations will be dealt in Irrigation Engineering)
e Physics of evaporation
e Factors affecting evaporation
e Measurements of different factors for evaporation
e Available methods/procedures for estimating evaporation from
open water
6. Basic Subsurface flow (Steady State condition)
2 Law of Darcy, confined and unconfined Aquifers
Ground water flow in Confined Aquifer
Groundwater flow in unconfined aquifer
Radial ground water flow in Confined Aquifer
Radial Ground water flow in unconfined aquifer
e Travel time of ground water in confined aquifer
7. Rainfali-Runoff reiation
e Definition of hydrograph
Hydrograph Separation
Unit Hydrograph
Estimation of discharge using unit hydrograph
Rational Formula
SCS Curve Method
=
e@¢e¢¢ @ @
@e@e oe
@ @ @ @ ®
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
PSG for BSCE
Page 57 of 120
---
## PDF Page 93
[View the original scanned page 93](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=93)
by; McGraw-Hill, 1988
Editions; 1988
1. Bedient, P.B., Huber W.C. and Vieux, B.E. Hydrology and Floodplain
Analysis, Pearson 4" Ed., Philippine edition copyright 2010
2. David Chin, Water Resources Engineering, 3% Ed., Pearson , 2013
3. McCuen, R.H., Hydrologic Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall, 1989
4. Linsley, R.K., M.A. Kohler and J.L.H. Paulhus, Hydrology for Engineers
5. Applied Hydrology by VenTe Chow, David Maidment and Larry Mays;
McGRAW-HILL international
6. Handbook of Hydrology David maidment, 1993
Course Name:
Course
Description
for Lecture,
Laboratory,
Fieldwork and
Tutorial
[Number of Units
CIVIL, ENGINEERING LAW, ETHICS AND CONTRACTS
This course deals on the principles and fundamentals of the laws on
obligations, contracts, and professional ethics that are app
engineering profession. It is designed to prepare civil engineering students for
professional practice. Topics on the perspective of the student as future
ipractitioners, contractors, and employees in the field are a
They include the study of code of ethics, legal procedure
civil engineering in the Philippines, ethical relations of an e
professionals, clients, and general public, elements of con
Civil Engineering Law (RA 544) National Building Code,
[Procurement Law, and the Manual of Professional Practice for Civil Engineers.
icable to the civil
so given emphasis.
inthe practice of
ngineer with fellow
tracts, obligations,
abor laws, E-
Lecture — 2 units
Number of Contact
Hours per week
iLecture - 2 hours
Prerequisite/Co-_
requisite
4" Year Standing
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
ED, g-E
Course Outcomes
the Philippines
presentations
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Explain the Civil Engineering Code of Ethics which includes the
fundamental principles and canon;
2. Explain the laws governing the practice of civil engineering profession in
3. Give examples of standard contract documents
4. Appraise the civil engineering fundamental principles and canons in oral
PSG for BSCE
Page 58 of 120
---
## PDF Page 94
[View the original scanned page 94](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=94)
1. Introduction to General Ethics and Ethical Values.
2. Civil Engineering Code of Ethics: Fundamental Principles. Fundamental
Canons. Guidelines to Practice under the Fundamental Canons of
Ethics.
3, The Practice of Civil Engineering: Professional Responsibility. Client-
Civil Engineer Relationships. Civil Engineering Services. Specialization
of a Civil Engineer. Selection of a Civil Engineer. Prime Professional
Practice. Employment. Design Competition. Contingency Basis of
Employment. Professional Practice of Foreign Civil Engineers.
4. Classification of Engineering Services: Consultations, Research
Investigations and Reports. Design Services for Construction Projects.
Construction Services. Special Services for Construction Projects.
Engineering Support Services. Academic Services. Services as
Employee.
5. The Selection of the Civil Engineer: Basis for Selection. Client's
i Selection Committee. Qualifications-Based Selection (QBS) Procedure.
Selection Procedure for “Level of Effort Contracts.
6. Charging for Civil Engineering Services: Salary Cost * Multiplier + Direct
Course Outline Non-Salary Expense. Hourly Billing Rate, Per Diem.
7. Charging for Civil Engineering Services: Cost Plus Fixed Fee. Fixed
Price. Percentage of Construction Cost. Schedule of Minimum Fees.
8. Total Project Cost: Professional Engineering Costs. Construction Costs.
9, Total Project Cost: Legal, Land, Administration, Stuffing, and Financial
Costs. Contingency Allowance.
10. RA 544: An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the
Philippines.
11. R.A. 9184: The Government Procurement Reform Act. Implementing
Rules and Regulations on the Procurement of Consulting Services for
Government Projects.
12. PD 1594 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations as Amended.
13. CIAP Document 102: Uniform General Conditions of Contract for Private
: Construction. i
14. Extracts from the New Civil Code: Obligations and Contracts.
15. The Civil Engineering Professional Licensure Examination.
16. PD 1096: The National Building Code and its Implementing Rukles and
regulations.
17. Seminar: Trends and issues Concerning Civil Engineering Practice.
Laboratory
. None
Equipment
PSG for BSCE Page 59 of 120
---
## PDF Page 95
[View the original scanned page 95](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=95)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 1 (Soil Mechanics) |
| Units | 3 units lecture; 1 unit laboratory |
| Contact hours | 3 lecture hours per week; 3 laboratory hours per week |
| Prerequisite | Geology for Civil Engineers, Mechanics of Deformable Bodies |
| Program outcomes addressed | a-E, b-D, d-E, e-E, g-E, j-E, k-E |
**Source-layout note:** The original scan clearly reads “1”, not “4”, in the course name.
Suggested
References
1. Philippine Institute of Civil Engineers, Inc. 2003. Manual of Professional
Practice for Civil Engineers, 2" Edition. Manila: Philippine Institute of
Civil Engineers, Inc. '
Hinze, Jimmie. 2001. Construction Contracts, 2° Edition. Boston, USA:
Mc Graw-Hill.
Central Book Supply. 2000. Engineering Laws in the Philippines and
Related Laws, Manila: Central Book Supply.
Sajorda, O.A., 1996 Construction MASTER SPECIFICATIONS,
Elastomark Corporation, Philippines
Mead, Mead, and Akerman. 1992. Contracts, Specifications and
Engineering Relation. USA: McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Nolledo, Jose. 1989. The Civil Code of the Philippines. Manila: National
Book Store.
i)
i
Course Name:
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 1 (Soil Mechanics)
Course
Description
Soil formation and identification. Engineering properties of soils.
Fundamental aspects of soil characterization and response, including
soil mineralogy, soil-water movement, effective stress, consolidation,
soil strength, and soil compaction. Use of soils and geosynsynthetics in
geotechnical and geo-environmental applications. Introduction to site
investigation techniques. Laboratory testing and evaluation of soil
composition and properties.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 units lecture
1 unit laboratory
Laboratory
Number of 3 lecture hours per week
Contact Hours 3 laboratory hours per week
per week
Prerequisite
Geology for Civil Engineers, Mechanics of Deformable Bodies
Program aE; b-D; d-E; e-E; g-E; FE KE
Outcome/s |
Addressed by the |
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. apply basic mathematics, science and engineering principles to solve
Course engineering problems,
Outcomes 2. calculate the stresses transferred to underlying soils applied by the
superstructural loads,
3. deal with the estimation of compressibility and settlement properties of
soils for shallow foundation footings design,
PSG for BSCE Page 60 of 120
---
## PDF Page 96
[View the original scanned page 96](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=96)
4. design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
data,
5. be familiar with soil mechanics tests and determine which test is needed
in designing civil engineering projects and/or solving engineering
probiems,
6. use word processors in writing and finishing lab report,
7. use soil laboratory equipment properly,
8. demonstrate the ability to work in groups.
Course Outline
i
Lecture
1. Soil Formation
» Soil and its constituents, weathering of rocks and types of
soils. Description and Identification of soil (Visual-Manuai
Procedure), Mineralogy of soil solids.
2. Physical Properties
« Water content, void ratio, porosity, degree of saturation,
specific gravity, unit Weight and their determination, Atterberg
limits, sieve analysis, hydrometer and Pipette analysis,
Stoke's law, grain size distribution.
3. Soil Classification Grain size classification, Bureau of soils,. M.1.T.,
Unified, AASHTO and ASTM Classification systems. Textural
Classification by triangular chart, united soil classification system,
AASHTO soil classifications.
4. Permeability and Seepage
» Definition, Hydraulic gradient, Darcy's Law, Factors affecting
permeability, Permeability of stratified soils, Laboratory and
field determination of coefficient of permeability.
= Seepage force, quick sand condition, flow nets, boundary
conditions, graphical method of flow net construction,
determination of quantity of seepage, two dimensional flow,
Laplace Equation, seepage through earth dams, design of
filters
5. Compaction
* Definition, Compaction fundamentals, Moisture density
relationships,
« Standard Proctor test and modified AASHO test for
compaction, Factors affecting compaction, Compaction
equipment, properties and structure of compacted soils,
Specifications, fieid control and measurement of in-situ
density, CBR test.
6. Vertical stresses in soils
» Definition, stresses caused by self weight of soil, Geostatic
stresses, stresses caused by point loads and uniformly
distributed loads: Boussinesq and Westerqaard theories,
Pressure bulb, stress distribution diagram on horizontal and
vertical planes; stress at a point outside loaded area,
Newmark’s charts and 2:1 Method
7. Soil Exploration
« {mportance of soil exploration, soil exploration methods;
probing, test trenches and pits, auger boring, wash boring,
PSG for BSCE
Page 61 of 120
---
## PDF Page 97
[View the original scanned page 97](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=97)
rotary drilling, Percussion drilling and geophysical methods,
soil samples, Disturbed and undisturbed samples, In-situ tests
(SPT, CPT and PLT)
8. Geosynsynthetics in geotechnical and geoenvironmental
engineering
9. Introduction of related Software
Laboratory
Identification of Soil (Visual Manual Procedure)
Determination of Moisture content of soil :
Determination of specific gravity of soil
Determination of liquid limit of soil
Grain-size analysis of soil (including both mechanical and hydrometer
analysis)
Determination of Plastic limit and Plasticity Index of soil
Determination of shrinkage limit of soil
Classification of soil according to AASHTO and USCS
Modified/Proctor Compaction Test
10. Constant Head Permeability test (Granular Soil)
11, Falling Head Permeability (Granular and Fine grained soils)
OA BON>
OND
Laboratory
Equipment
——— cal
Refer to Annex IV
Suggested
/ reference books
Course Name
PRINCIPLES OF TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Course
Description
The course gives emphasis on urban transportation planning, design and
operation using statistical and modeling techniques and computer methods.
It also covers capacity and level of service of air, rail and highway. It also
includes safety, environmental impacts and mitigation, transportation policy
fundamentals and case studies.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Highway and Railroad Engineering
Co-requisites None
Program a-E, c-D, f-D
PSG for BSCE Page 62 of 120
---
## PDF Page 98
[View the original scanned page 98](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=98)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | QUANTITY SURVEYING |
| Units | 1 unit lecture; 1 unit computation |
| Contact hours | 1 hour lecture; 3 hours computation |
| Prerequisite | Building Systems Design |
**Source-layout note:** The course-specification header is on the lower portion of this page; its remaining material continues on PDF page 99.
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course
Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Define concepts of transportation systems analysis and planning
Apply travel demand forecasting computation and analysis
Prepare traffic impact assessment reports
Recognize current transportation issues and policies, economic,
safety and environmental concerns
2.
3.
4
Course Outline
Introduction to Transportation Planning & Engineering
Transportation as a System & 2. Philippine Transportation System
Urban Transportation Planning Concepts
Introduction to Travel Demand Forecasting (Classic Four-Step
Forecasting Model)
4.1. Trip Generation
4.2. Trip Distribution
4.3. Modal Spiit
4.4, Route/Traffic Assignment
Traffic Impact Assessment
Transportation Safety & Economics
BON>
5.
6.
7
Reference Books
1. Mannering Fred, Washburn Scott, Kilaresky Walter. 2004. Principles of
Highway Engineering & Traffic Analysis. Muze inc.
2. Garber, Nicholas; &Hoei, Lester. 2001. Highway and Traffic Engineering.
Brookes/Cole Publishing.
3. Ortuzar, J. D. And Willumsen, L.G. 2011. Modelling Transport, John
Wiley & Sons, Ltd., West Sussex, UK.
Course Name:
Course
Description
1. a building and/or bridge construction cost estimate,
2. earthwork cosis.
The students learn to do quantity takeoff utilizing plans and specifications.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
1 unit lecture
1 unit computation
Laboratory
Number of
1 hour lecture
Contact Hours .
3 hours computation
per week
Prerequisite
Building Systems Design
PSG for BSCE
Page 63 of 120
---
## PDF Page 99
[View the original scanned page 99](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=99)
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course
Outcomes
aE, &-E, FE, g-E, -E, KE, FE
Upon completion of this course the student should be able to:
1. Determine quantity of various building materials
2. Develop bid costs for materials, labor and equipment for several
construction project elements.
3. Evaluate total cost of engineering projects, including !abor fringes,
taxes, bonding fees, insurance, overhead and profit.
Course Cutline
Lecture
. Review of Specifications and Pians/ Details
a. invitation to bid
b. General conditions
c. Special conditions
d. Bid form
ll. Detailed Quantity Survey
Concrete
Masonry
Steel
Electrical System
Sanitary/ Plumbing System
Mechanical System
. Earthworks
nit Cost Derivation
Labor
Material
Equipment
Subcontractor
ummary of Total Project Costs
Labor, material, equipment and subcontractor costs
Labor fringes, taxes and insurance costs
Material and equipment taxes
Bond and insurance costs
Overhead and profit
Garoao om
lis
GPaorm
IV.
e207
Laboratory
Exercise 1 Preparation of review comments of construction
documents
Exercise 2 Quantity takeoff
a. Earthworks
Concrete Elements
Masonry
Structural Steel
Electrical Systems
eaos
PSG for BSCE
---
## PDF Page 100
[View the original scanned page 100](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=100)
f. Sanitary/ Plumbing Systems
g. Mechanical System
Exercise 3 Unit Cost Derivation based on Method of Construction
a. Labor
b. Material
c. Equipment
d. Subcontractor
Exercise 4 Preparation of Program of Work
Exercise 5 Preparation of Summary of Total Project Cost
Exercise 6 Preparation of Bid Document/ Bid Forms
Exercise 7 Bid Analysis and Unbalanced Bids |
reference books
Laboratory Computers
Equipment
Suggested Peurifoy, Robert L., Oberlender, Garold D, (2002).
Estimating Construction Costs w/ CD-ROM, 5" (or current) edition.
McGraw-Hill
Course Name:
CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Course Description
The course deals with the principles of construction methods and equipment,
management and their applications. It covers project planning, scheduling,
monitoring and control. It also includes concepts on organization, safety,
information systems and computer applications. Students are given
opportunities to visit actual project sites and observe the application of these
theories in construction projects.
Lecture,
Laboratory,
Fieldwork and
Tutorial
Number of Units for
Lecture — 3 units
Fieldwork — 1 unit
Number of Contact
Hours per week
[Lecture — 3 hours
Fieldwork ~ 3 hours
Prerequisite/Co-
requisite
4th Year Standing
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
iCourse
a-E, c-D, e-E, f-E, g-D, k-D, l-E
Course Objectives
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
4. Understand the construction project cycle from inception, planning,
execution, testing and certification.
PSG for BSCE
2. Understand construction project requirements such as permits and |
Page 65 of 120
---
## PDF Page 101
[View the original scanned page 101](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=101)
licenses, clearance, and compliance to all applicable laws and
ordinances, etc;
3. Read and interpret construction plans, working drawings, and revise
contract documents, estimates and technical specifications;
4. Understand the components of the Terms of Reference (TOR) for
professional services and biddingMendering processes, award and
acceptance;
5. Prepare and update construction schedule and work programs;
6. Understand construction methods, equipment, materials and
manpower control:
7. Understand temporary facilities requirements of a construction project:
8. Understand the existing local labor laws and regulations
1. Contracts and Specifications:
2. Construction Project Organization;
3. Planning and Scheduling (PERT/CPM),
4. Construction Estimates and Values Engineering
5. Construction Methods and Operations;
Course Outline 6. Construction Equipment Operations and Maintenance
7. Construction Manpower Safety;
8. Computer Applications in Construction Management;
9. Construction Reports
\ 10. Construction Fieldwork
11. Construction Disputes
12. Fieldwork: Observation of construction projects
Laboratory
. None
Equipment
1. Construction Planning Equipment & Methods by R.L. Peurifoy, latest
edition
Suggested 2. Project Management for Engineering and Construction, latest edition
References 3. Construction Management Handbook, CMDF
4. Constructors Performance Evaluation System (CPES) Implementing
Guidelines, CIAP
Course Name:
CE PROJECT 1
Course
Description
objectives, methodology, project implementation plan/schedule and resource
requirements.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
Contact Hours per
week
Number of T
1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory
1 unit lecture, 1 unit laboratory
PSG for BSCE
Page 66 of 120
---
## PDF Page 102
[View the original scanned page 102](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=102)
Prerequisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
fae, bD. cD. dD, eD,fD, gD, hD, KD
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, the student must be abie to:
en
1. Review and/or apply design concepts, design codes and engineering
tools learned in previous courses and work on a real-world capstone
design project in a team setting
. Solve an engineering problem with technical or non-technical project |
constraints through the actual engineering design process
. Collaborate with other students and function in a multidisciplinary group
. Develop and enhance interpersonal! skills
Develop and enhance ethical and professional responsibility
. Apply project management skills to finish the project according to
schedule
. Practice effective communication skills through the preparation of a
project proposal, engineering reports and oral project presentations
Onapw
Course Outline
1. Introduction of CE Project Course
. Project Team Composition (members must come from various fields of
specialization)
. Identification and/or assignment of candidate Design Projects
. Weekly progress meeting reports/consultations with adviser
e Independent study (guided by the adviser) to define and refine the
objectives, methodology, project implementation plan/schedule, and
resource requirements
e Design Project Proposal Preparation/Development
5. Design Project Proposal Presentation and approval
Laboratory
Equipment
Depends on the topic chosen, Computers
Suggested
reference books
ASEP, National Structural Code of the Philippines Vol. 1, 2001 Edition
ASTM
American Concrete Institute, ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete
Department Administrative Order (DAO) issuances of DENR
National Building Code of the Philippines
PSG for BSCE
Page 67 of 120°
---
## PDF Page 103
[View the original scanned page 103](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=103)
Pritchard, Harris & Rabins, Engineering Ethics: Concepts and Cases
Philippine Institute of Civil Engineering (PICE), PICE Manual of
Practice
Course Name:
CE PROJECT 2 : :
Course
Description
Implementation of a capstone project based on an approved proposal. |
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
1 unit lecture, 1 unit laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory
Prerequisite
CE PROJECT 1
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, b-D, c-D, d-D, e-D, f-D, g-D, h-D, k-D
Course Outcomes
1. Apply design concepts, design codes and engineering tools learned in
previous courses and work on a real-world capstone design project in a
team setting
. Solve an engineering problem with technical or non-technical project
constraints through the actual engineering design process
. Collaborate with other students and function in a multidisciplinary group
. Develop and ennance interpersonal skills
. Develop and enhance ethical and professional responsibility
. Apply project management skills to finish the project according to
schedule
Practice effective communication skills through the preparation of a
project proposal, engineering reports and oral project presentations
No
Domb @
7.
Course Outline
1. Review of the objectives/aims of
2.
he CE Project Course
Implementation of the approved CE Project Proposals
e Weekly progress meeting reports/consultations with adviser
e Independent study, as needed (guided by the adviser)
PSG for BSCE
Page 68 of 120
---
## PDF Page 104
[View the original scanned page 104](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=104)
3. Design Project Mid-term Presentation
4. Continuation of the implementation of the approved CE Project
Proposals
e Weekly progress meeting reports/consultations with adviser
s Independent study, as needed (guided by the adviser)
5. Design Project Documentation
6. Design Project Final Presentation and approval
7. Submission of an Engineering Report (Project Documentation)
reference books
Laboratory | Depends on the topic chosen, Computers
Equipment :
. Suggested AASHTO
ASEP, National Structural Code of the Philippines Vol. 1, 2001 Edition
ASTM
American Concrete Institute, ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete
Department Administrative Order (DAO) issuances of DENR
National Building Code of the Philippines
Pritchard, Harris & Rabins, Engineering Ethics: Concepts and Cases
Philippine Institute of Civil Engineering (PICE), PICE Manual of
Practice
F. PROFESSIONAL COURSES ~ Specialized
F.4 CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Course Name:
PROJECT CONSTRUCTION & MANAGEMENT
'
i
\
The course seeks to introduce the student to the basic theories and tools of
management and decision-making. It tackles in detail the functions of
management in managing the following aspects of a corporation: production,
Course . . . . . : .
a service operations, marketing and finance functions. This course will enable
Description : nat _ :
the students to acquire and develop the skills in defining, planning and
monitoring engineering projects using basic engineering management tools
and techniques.
PSG for BSCE Page 69 of 120
---
## PDF Page 105
[View the original scanned page 105](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=105)
"Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units Lecture
Contact Hours per
week
3 hours Lecture
{
Prerequisite
None
Co-Requisite
None
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
g-E, HE, -E, k-E, KE, m-E
Course Outcomes
Course Outline
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
9. Describe the management process and explain the different functions of
management
Craft a personal mission and vision statement
Perform a SWOT analysis
Identify the types of organizational structures.
identify management practices applied in civil engineering
10.
41.
12.
13.
Course Syllabus; Introduction to Engineering Management
Management and Organization; Levels of Management Responsibility per
Management Function
Functional Management Skills; Planning Process
Workshop 1: Visioning and Crafting a Mission Statement
Workshop 2: Holiow-Square Experiment
Workshop 3: SWOT Analysis
Workshop 3: SWOT Analysis
Organizing and Staffing
Leading and influencing: Motivating and Communicating; Controlling
Organizational Structure & Design
Workshop 4: Organizational Structure Analysis Exercise
Problem-solving Methodology; Problem Solving Tools and Techniques
LONG QUIZ 1
Location, Facilities and Capacity Planning
Layout Strategy
Material Management
Inventory Management
Designing Work Standards and Manpower Planning
Film Showing
PSG for BSCE
Page 70 of 120
---
## PDF Page 106
[View the original scanned page 106](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=106)
Quality Management: Quality Control and Inspection, Quality Assurance
Total Quality Management
Project Management, Project Scheduling: Network Analysis - Arrow Diagram
and Scheduling Computation
Network Analysis - Precedence Diagram and Scheduling Computation
Laboratory
f
Equipment NIA
Suggested 1. Atienza, R. V. (2010). Engineering Management. De La Salie
reference books University.
2. Manalang, A. S. (2010). Engineering Management Workbook. De La
Salle University.
3. lvancevich, J., Konopaske, R. and Matteson, M. (2007). Organizational
Behaviour and Management, 8th edition.
4. Additional readings and lecture notes provided
5. George, S. and Weimerskirch, A. (1992). Total Quality Management.
The Portable MBA Series. John Wiley & Sons, inc.
6. Heizer, J. and Render, B. (2008). Operations Management. 9th
Edition. Prentice Hall.
7. Oberlender, G. (2000). Project Management for Engineering and
Construction. 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill.
8. Pearce, J. A. and Robinson, R, (2003). Strategic Management.
Formulation, implementation and Control. 8th Edition. McGraw Hill
Irwin,
9. Robbins, S. P. and Couter, M.(2007). Management.9th edition.
Pearson
10. Radosavijevic, M., Bennett, J. (2012). Construction Management
Strategies: A Theory of Construction Management, John Wiley & Sons.
11. A discussion about value management in civil engineering, Liu, Y.H.
12. Hu, G.L., and Wang, Q.L., Scopus, 2013.
13, Dynamic Project Management: An Application of System Dynamics in
Construction Engineering and Management, Han, S., Lee, S., Park,
M., Optimization and Control Methods in Industrial Engineering and
Construction. 2014, p219-231.
[Course Name: | ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION METHODS & EQUIPMENT
Course management and their applications. It covers analytical techniques for project
Description planning, scheduling, monitoring and control. It also includes concepts on
organization, quality control and assurance, quality management, safety,
information systems and computer applications and softwares. Students are
PSG for BSCE Page 71 of 120
---
## PDF Page 107
[View the original scanned page 107](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=107)
application of these |
theories and concepts in construction projects. /
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
Numberof
Contact Hours per
week
3 Units Lecture
fa
3 hours Lecture
Addressed by the
Course
}
Course Outcomes
Prerequisite None '
Co-Requisite None
Program :
Outcome/s g-E, -E, -E, KE, LE, m-E
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Draw a network diagram using Activity on Arrow (AOA) and Activity on
Node (AON) methods. |
2. Prepare and update construction estimates, schedule, material and
manpower report.
3. Calculate labor and equipment productivity.
4. Read and interpret construction plans, working drawings, contract
documents and technical specifications in the preparation of a
compiete bid for a construction project.
5. Identify and present a traditional and new method/theory/practice
applied in construction projects.
6. investigate, report and propose a solution to a safety or quality issue in
a construction project
Course Outline
Introduction, Construction Project Cycle, Preparing a Bid Package, Bidding
Process and Requirements |
Issues during Construction Phase, Contracts and Specifications, Construction |
Contracts
Construction Project Organization, Legal Structure, Construction Project
Requirements
Planning and Scheduling: Network Analysis ~ Activity on Arrow (AOA) and
scheduling computation, Network Analysis — Activity on Node (AON) and
scheduling computation
Time-Cost Trade-off
Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT)
Estimating, Quantity Surveying, Quantity Take-off
Estimating, Quantity Surveying, Quantity Take-off
PSG for BSCE
Page 72 of 120
---
## PDF Page 108
[View the original scanned page 108](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=108)
t
Construction Equipment Operations, Productivity and Maintenance
Construction Methods and Techniques — Group Report 1
Resource Management, Resource Leveling, Construction Labor, Manpower
planning, control and monitoring
Material Management
Quality Management (quality planning, quality assurance and quality control),
Construction Safety
Construction Disputes
—
Laboratory
Equipment
N/A
Suggested
reference books
1. Halpin, Daniel W. and Woodhead, Ronald W., Construction
Management, 4th Edition, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ, 2012.
2. Evans, James R., Quality, management, organization, and strategy,
6th Edition, Cengage Learning, Australia : South-Western, 2011.
3. Lewis, James P., Project planning, scheduling & control : the ultimate
hands-on guide to bringing projects in on time and on budget, 5th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2011
4. Peurifoy, Robert et.al, Construction Planning, Equipment and
Methods, 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2011.
5. Plotnick, Fredric L. and Bockrath, Joseph T., Contracts and the legal
environment for engineers & architects, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 2011.
6. Pratt, David J., Fundamentals of Construction Estimating, 3rd Edition,
Delmar Cengage Learning, Clifton Park, N.Y., 2011.
7. Nunnally, Stephens W., Construction Methods and Management, 6th
Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J., c2004.
8. Rowlinson, Steve, Construction Safety Management Systems, Spon
Press/Taylor & Francis Group, London, 2004.
9. Keoki, Sears S. et.al., Construction project management : a practical
guide to field construction management, 5th Edition, Wiley, Hoboken,
NJ, 2008.
10. Gould, Frederic E. and Joyce, Nancy E., Construction Project
Management, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J.,
2003.
. Oberlender, Garola D., Project Management for Engineering and
Construction, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2000.
2. Primavera Project Management Reference Manual, available online.
13. Fajardo, Max B., Simplified Construction Estimate, 5138 Tracing,
2000.
4, Fajardo, Max B., Project Construction Management, 5138 Trading,
2000.
. Fajardo, Max B., Specifications and Contract, 5138 Trading, 1999.
=
on
PSG for BSCE
Page 73 of 120
---
## PDF Page 109
[View the original scanned page 109](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=109)
Course Name:
CONSTRUCTION COST ENGINEERING
ai
Course
Description
_ forms used. Relevant topics in financing and purchasing are also discussed.
The course deals primarily with cost engineering and accounting systems in
construction projects. Discussion covers data to be collected, information to
be produced, procedures and policies in system implementation and typical
Computer applications will be considered as well as practical insights on the
cost control systems of on-going construction projects.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 Units Lecture
Contact Hours per
week
Oak
3 Lecture hours per week
Addressed by the
Course
Prerequisite None
Co-Requisite None
Progam =—SCtiédP S—~™~ ~ -
Outcome/s
g-E, i-E, j-E, k-E, HE, m-E
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Apply the project management information system, cost engineering and
accounting concepts in construction projects
2. To analyze and design an improved cost engineering and accounting
system for a construction project.
Course Outline
The Project Management Information System
Introduction and Orientation
- System Information Systems
- The PMIS, Objectives, Design
- Components of PMIS
- Values of PMIS
- Challenges to implementation of PMIS
Introduction to Construction Cost
Types of Construction Cost:
Preliminary Estimates; Cost per sqm
Stipulated sum/Unit Price; Cost plus;
Estimating formats
Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
PSG for BSCE
Page 74 of 120
---
## PDF Page 110
[View the original scanned page 110](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=110)
CSI Master Format
Cost Estimating components
Quantities
Direct cost:
Unit Cost Theory and Practice
Materials, labor, equipment
Equipment Cost of owning and operating
Sub-con cost
Project Overhead Cost
Contingencies/ taxes
Profit /mark-up
Site Visit
Cost Planning
Flowchart- Project scheduling
Flowchart- Materials cost scheduling
Fiowchart- Manpower scheduling
Flowchart- Subcon cost Scheduling
Flowchart- Equipment cost scheduling
Preparing Cash flow projections
Cash flow assumptions:
Cash receipts, Capital investment, Loans, Interest payment, Pre-operating
and admin cost
Site Visit
Cost Accounting
Preparing Income Statements
Preparing Balance Sheets
General Financial Control Over the Business
Accounting ratios
Horizontal and vertical analysis of financial statements
reference books
Audits
Laboratory NIA
Equipment
Suggested 3. Spain, Bryan, Spon's First Stage Estimating Handbook, 3rd Edition, Taylor
and Francis, Londong and New York, 2010
4, Mubarak, Saleh, Construction Planning and Control, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2010
5. O’Brien, James J. and Zilly, Robert G., ‘Contractor's Management
Handbook,’ 2nd Edition, Mac-Graw Hill, 1991
6. Halpin, Daniel, and Senior, Bolivar, Construction Management, 4th
Edition, Wiley, 2012.
7. Myers, Danny, Construction Economics: A New Approach, 3rd Edition,
London: Routledge, 2013
8. Mislick, Gregory, and Nussbaum, Daniel, Cost Estimation: Methods and
PSG for BSCE
Page 75 of 120
---
## PDF Page 111
[View the original scanned page 111](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=111)
Tools, Wiley, 2015
Del Pico, Wayne, Project Control: Integrating Cost and Schedule in
Construction, Wiley, 2013 |
10. Towey, Donald, Cost Management of Construction Projects, Wiley, 2013 |
o
I
Course
Description
for Lecture and
Laboratory
DATABASE MANAGEMENT IN CONSTRUCTION
Information Strategy Planning, Case Tools, Relational Database, Modeling |
i
/
‘The course covers Civil Engineering information Systems, Information
Engineering and Architectures, Information Strategy, Enterprise-wide
and Normalization, Zachnman’s Framework, Object Oriented Modeling and |
Design, Data Warehousing and Data Mining.
3 Units Lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
3 Lecture hours per week
Addressed by the
Course
Prerequisite | None
Co-Requisite None
Program |
Outcome/s
g-E, -E,K-E, LE, m-E
Course Outcomes
After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Identify Project Information System
2. Recognize structures and functions of project components
3. Write and present reports in the proper format and in correct English
using word processor, spread sheets, Develop teamwork and
cooperative learning through group exercises.
4. Model existing information system in the construction industry
5. Design and propose a new database management system in an
existing information system in the construction industry
PSG for BSCE
Page 76 of 120
---
## PDF Page 112
[View the original scanned page 112](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=112)
Course Outline
Introduction
Civil Engineering Information Systems
Grouping of students and identify a non-construction company for Report #1
Information Engineering and Architecture
Anticipated inputs from company for Report #1
Information Strategy Planning
List down processes needed for Report #1
Report #4
Enterprise — Wide information Strategy Planning: Top-down approaches,
Analysis of goals and problems, Critical success factor analysis, Technology
impact analysis, Strategic systerns vision
Grouping of students and identify a construction company for Report #2
Case tools: Matrices, Hierarchies, Process Modeling Relationship Framework
Anticipated inputs from company for Report #2
Relational Database Modeling and Normalization
List down processes needed for Report #2
Zachman’s Framework
Observe actual processes needed for Report #2
Object Oriented Modeling and Design
Model proposed process for improvement for Report#2
Report #2
Database Management Systems: use of software
Use computer softwares in preparation for the Term Project
Automating information discovery: Data warehousing and Data Mining
Use computer softwares in preparation for the Term Project
Laboratory
Suggested
reference books
PSG for BSCE
11. Paulson, Computer Application in Construction, MC Graw Hill, 1995
12. Rumbaugh, et al., Object Oriented Modeling and Design, Prentice Hall,
1991
13. Date, An Introduction to Database Systems, Addison Wasley, 1990
Page 77 of 120
---
## PDF Page 113
[View the original scanned page 113](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=113)
**Reference books (continued):**
14. Martin, *Information Engineering*, Books II and III, Prentice Hall, 1990
15. Mubarak, *Construction Project Scheduling and Control*, 2nd Edition, 2010
16. Kung, *Object-Oriented Software Engineering: An Agile Unified Methodology*, 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014
17. Elmasri & Navathe, *Fundamentals of Database Systems*, 6th Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2011
18. Abraham Silberschatz and Henry Korth and S. Sudarshan, *Database Systems Concepts*, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2011
19. Mark Gillenson, *Fundamentals of Database Management Systems*, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2012
| Field | Original source text |
|---|---|
| Course Name | **CONSTRUCTION OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH** |
| Course Description | This is an introductory course on occupational safety and health management that follows a risk management approach based on international standards and best practices by organizations such as the International Labour Organization and the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health. Topics include the relationship of health and safety, identification and control of workplace hazards and risks, and practical workplace assessment with an emphasis to personal safety. Finally, this course focuses on management principles rather than techniques and methods. |
| Number of Units for Lecture and Laboratory | 3 Units Lecture |
| Number of Contact Hours per week | 3 Lecture hours per week |
| Prerequisite | None |
| Co-Requisite | None |
| Program Outcome/s Addressed by the Course | g-E, i-E, j-E, l-E, m-E |
**Course Outcomes:** After completing this course, the student must be able to:
1. Discuss and explain the importance and value of safety.
2. Describe the different health and hazards and their prevention.
3. Apply the concepts and principles of safety in engineering practice.
*PSG for BSCE — Annex III, Page 78 of 120.*
---
## PDF Page 114
[View the original scanned page 114](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=114)
4, Explain “Safety as the engineer’s professional and moral
responsibility”
- Global and National Situation in OSH
- OSH Foundations and its Benefits
- International OSH Standards by the International Labour Organization
~ Philippine Legislation
- OSH Policy and Safety Statement
- Responsibilities of Empioyers’ and Employees’
- Organizational Structure
~ Risk Assessment
- Hazard Checklist (Qualitative)
- Risk Assessment Reporting
- Principles of Control and Prevention
- Safe Systems of Work
- Job Safety Analysis
~ Movement of People and Vehicles — Hazards and Control
- Manual and Mechanical Handling Hazards and Control
- Work Equipment Hazards and Control
- Construction Activities Hazards and Control
- Electrical Hazards and Control
- Fire Hazards and Control
- Chemical and Biological Health Hazards and Control
- Physical and Psychosocial Hazards and Control
- Discussion of the Term Project
- Safety Inspection Observation Sheet
~ Safety Inspection Report
Course Outline
Laboratory
Equipment \ N/A
Suggested 1. International Health and Safety at Work for the NEBOSH International
reference books General Certificate, by Hughes and Ferrett 2013
2. Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Department of Labor and
Employment, Philippines
3. international Labour Standards on Occupational Safety and Health,
Course
Description
applications in mine construction and operation. Students are presented with
the fundamental concepts of stress and strain in isotropic and anisotropic
ee rocks and conduct stress analyses using data collected in the laboratory and |
PSG for BSCE Page 79 of 120
---
## PDF Page 115
[View the original scanned page 115](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=115)
excavation methods in a given stress environment. Rock control and support
systems utilized in underground and surface excavations and their related
safety requirements are discussed. Rock mechanics topics surrounding
blasting and the stability of impoundment dams and tailings dumps are also
presented. in-class exercises focus on introducing rock engineering properties
through laboratory testing, as well as building a foundation in geotechnical
data collection, data presentation, and core logging.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 Units Lecture
/ Number of
Contact Hours per
week
i
Prerequisite
Geotechnical Engineering 1
3 lecture hours per week
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, h-E, k-E, m-D
a
\
Course Outcomes
1.
Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
identify the objectives of geotechnical data collection and rock mass
classification methods, and successfully collect and analyze a range
of geotechnical datasets for design purposes
describe the theory and analysis of in situ and induced stresses in a
rock mass and structurally controlled failure
apply the principles of rock mechanics and excavation design to
develop excavation proposals for given geologic environments (e.g.
stratified, massive, blocky, or fauited lithologies)
explain the principles and techniques of reinforcement design for the
primary failure modes in underground rock excavations, and apply
these principles and techniques to inform design for tunnels and
large excavations
describe the theory, analysis, and control of rock and soil slope
stability and rockfall hazards.
calculate the Factor of Safety of rock slopes and underground
excavations
describe the mechanical implications of various blast types and
patterns for a rock mass, and characterize blasting control systems
PSG for BSCE
Page 80 of 120
---
## PDF Page 116
[View the original scanned page 116](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=116)
for surface and underground excavations.
Course Outline
ww
10
14
Stress and strain: force and stress; stress transformations; principal
stresses and stress invariants; plane problems and biaxial stress;
displacement and strain; geomechanics conventions.
Rock mass structure and characterization: types of structural
features; geomechanical properties of discontinuities; structural data
collection and presentation; rock mass classification.
Rock strength and deformability: concepts and definitions; isotropic
and anisotropic rock behaviour (uniaxial and multiaxial); behaviour
of discontinuous rock masses.
Pre-mining state of stress: factors influencing the in situ state of
stress; in situ stress determination and presentation of results.
Methods of stress analysis: principles of classical stress analysis;
closed-form solutions for simple excavation shapes; boundary
element, finite element, distinct element, and finite difference
analysis methods for continuous rock.
Excavation design in massive elastic rock: general principles of
excavation design; zone of influence; excavation shape and
boundary stresses; delineation of rock failure zones.
Excavation design in (1) stratified rock: design factors; rock mass
response to mining; roof bed deformation mechanics; roof beam
deflection; and (2) blocky rock: design factors; Block Theory;
triangular roof prisms; tetrahedral block roofs; stope wall design.
Energy, mine stability, mine seismicity, and rockbursts: mechanical
relevance of energy changes; energy transmission in rock;
characterization of seismic events; instability due to fault slip.
Rock support and reinforcement: support and reinforcement
principles and design; rock-support interaction analysis; materials
and techniques.
Underground mining methods and related rock mechanics
considerations: rock mass response to stoping activity; pillar-
supported methods; artificial support techniques; longwall and
caving methods.
Surface mining methods and related rock mechanics
PSG for BSCE
Page 81 of 120
---
## PDF Page 117
[View the original scanned page 117](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=117)
considerations: rock slope failure; bench analysis for failure
geometries; methods for bench face angle prediction; rock fabric
data reduction.
12 Mining-induced surface subsidence: types and effects; chimney
caving; sinkholes; discontinuous subsidence with caving methods;
continuous subsidence with tabular orebodies.
13 Blasting mechanics: explosive types; elastic models for explosive-
rock interaction; nature of rock breakage; perimeter blasting;
transient ground motion; evaluation of blast performance.
14 Soil mechanics: soil index properties and United Soil Classification
System; soil tests; creep; slope stability
Laboratory
. None
Equipment
Suggested Brady BHG, Brown ET. 2004. Rock mechanics for underground mining. 3rd
references ed. AZ Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 626 p.
Darling P. 2011. SME Mining Engineering Handbook. 3rd. ed. United States of
America: Society for Mining, Metallurgy, and Exploration, Inc. 1839 p.
Course Name:
Course
Description
fiow, effective stress concept, consolidation behavior, shear strength of soils —
undrained and drained conditions. Subsurface exploration — main
sampling/characterization methods and reporting, variability. Lateral loads (at-
rest, active and passive pressures). Earth retaining structures — walls
(gravity/cantilever, mechanically-stabilized earth, sheet-piled, anchored),
braced cuts, dewatering and drainage. Performance requirements, applied
loads based on codes, and selection of foundations. Shallow foundation
design ~ types (spread, strip, and mat/raft), bearing capacity and settlements
(elastic/initial, consolidation, allowable/tolerable), testing and evaluation. Deep
foundation design ~ types (methods, configuration, materials}, bearing
capacity (axial and lateral) and settlements, testing and evaiuation.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 Units Lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
3 lecture hours
PSG for BSCE
Page 82 of 120
---
## PDF Page 118
[View the original scanned page 118](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=118)
week
Prerequisite
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-D, e-E, 9-E, h-E, k-D, m-D
Course Outcomes
~ After completing this course, the students will be able to:
4. Plan a subsurface exploration, and select appropriate drilling, sampling
and fieid property measurement tools for different soil profiles.
2. Create an idealized soil profile for analysis and design from collected soil
properties.
3. Evaluate laboratory and field data to select appropriate parameters to
use in foundation analysis.
4. Determine the lateral loads from soils.
5. Design earth retaining structures.
6. Apply shallow and deep bearing capacity and settlement equations for
design with applicable correction factors with a consideration of water
effects and layering.
Course Outline
water flow, effective stress concept, consolidation behavior, shear
strength of soils ~ undrained and drained conditions.
2. Subsurface exploration — sampling/characterization methods and
reporting, variability.
3. Lateral loads (at-rest, active and passive pressures).
4. Earth retaining structures and excavations ~ walls (gravity/cantilever,
mechanically-stabilized, sheet-piled, anchored) braced cuts,
drainage/dewatering. i
5. Performance requirements, applied loads based on codes, and
PSG for BSCE
Page 83 of 120
---
## PDF Page 119
[View the original scanned page 119](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=119)
selection of foundations.
6. Shallow foundation design — types (spread, strip, and mat/raft), bearing
capacity and settlements (elastic/initial, consolidation,
allowabiefoierable), testing and evaluation.
7. Deep foundation design — types (methods, configuration, materials),
bearing capacity (axial and lateral) and settlements, testing and i
evaluation,
Laboratory
Equipment
None :
Suggested
reference books
1. Principles of Foundation Engineering - Si Edition — 8 th Ed.
(2016) by B. M. Das ~ Cengage Learning
2. Additional hand-outs will be given in class as deemed necessary.
3. Foundation Design: Principles and Practices — 3 rd Edition
(2016) by D. P. Coduto, W. A. Kitch, M. R. Yeung — Pearson
4. Canadian Foundation Engineering Manual —~ 4 th Edition (2006)
by The Canadian Geotechnical Society — BiTech Publishers i
5. Soil Mechanics and Foundations — 3 rd Edition (2010) by M.
Budhu ~— Wiley
6. Foundation Design and Construction — 7 th Edition (2001) by M.
J. Tomlinson ~ Pearson
7. Analysis and Design of Shallow and Deep Foundations (2005) by
L. C. Reese, W. M. Isenhower, S-T. Wang — Wiley
8. Geotechnical Engineering: Foundation Design — 1 st Edition
(1994) by J. N. Cernica — Wiley
9. Soil Strength and Slope Stability — 2 nd Edition (2074) by J. M.
Duncan, S. G. Wright, T. L. Brandon — Wiley 8) Geotechnical
Engineering Design — 1 st Edition (2016) by M. Xiao ~ Wiley
Course Name:
GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Course
Description
This course on Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering introduces the
fundamental concepts of earthquake engineering related to geotechnical
problems, principles of earthquake, wave propagation, dynamic soil
properties, liquefaction and seismic design of various geotechnical structures.
This course focuses on seismic hazard analysis which includes both
Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Analysis (PSHA) and Deterministic Seismic |
Hazard Analysis (DSHA), followed by site response analysis. Also, behavior of |
various geotechnical structures such as shallow and deep foundations,
PSG for BSCE
Page 84 of 120
---
## PDF Page 120
[View the original scanned page 120](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=120)
[ reinforced soil-wall, tailing dam due to earthquake loading are discussed with
reference to codal provisions.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 Units Lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
3 lecture hours per week
rerequisite
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-D, e-E, g-E, h-E, k-D, m-D
After successful completion of the course, the student shail be abie to:
1.
Classify and evaluate earthquake sources/loads, and associated
geotechnical earthquake hazards.
Explain key concepts in the seismic assessment of engineering
Interpret the behavior of soils and geotechnical structures during
Apply simplified design-oriented methods for liquefaction analysis,
and seismic analysis and design of retaining wails, embankments, |
bridge and building foundations. |
Analyze the response of sites, earth structures and soil-structure
systems under earthquake loads
Course Outline
2.
structures,
3.
Course Outcomes earthquakes.
4.
5.
74:
Introduction to Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Scope and
objective: Nature and types of earthquake loading; Importance of
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering
Basics of Vibration theory Concept of dynamic load, Earthquake load,
Single degree of freedom system, Multiple degree of freedom system,
Free and forced vibrations, Damped and undamped systems, Equation
of Motion, Response spectra.
earthquakes, Causes of earthquakes, Sources of earthquake data,
Elastic rebound Theory, Faults, Plate tectonics, Seismograph and
i
Engineering Seismology Basic Seismology, Earthquake, List of major
Seismogram, Prediction of Earthquakes, Protection against earthquake |
PSG for BSCE
Page 85 of 120
---
## PDF Page 121
[View the original scanned page 121](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=121)
damage, Origin of Universe, Layers of Earth, Theory of Continental
Drift, Hazards due to Earthquakes.
4. Strong Ground Motion Size of Earthquake: Magnitude and Intensity of
Earthquake, Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale, Measuring of
Earthquake, Earthquake Magnitude Local (Richter) magnitude, surface
wave magnitude, Moment magnitude, Seismic energy, Correlations.
Spectral Parameters: Peak Acceleration, Peak Velocity, Peak
Displacement, Frequency Content and duration, Spatial Variability of
Ground Motion, Attenuation Relationships, Fourier Amplitude Spectra,
Arias Intensity.
5. Wave Propagation Elastic response of continua (one, two and three
dimensional wave equations); Waves in unbound media; Waves in
semi-infinite media; Waves in layered media, Mohorovicic Discontinuity
and Gutenberg Discontinuity, Seismic Travel Time Curve, Three Circle
Method for locating an Earthquake’s Epicenter.
6. Dynamic Soil Properties Stiffness, damping and plasticity parameters of
soil and their determination (laboratory testing, intrusive and non
intrusive in-situ testing); Correlations of different soil parameters;
Liquefaction (basics, evaluation and effects), Liquefaction hazard map,
Lateral Spreading.
7. Seismic Hazard Analysis Magnitude Indicators, Segmentation,
Deterministic Seismic Hazard Analysis (DSHA),Probabilistic Seismic
Hazard Analysis (PSHA),Earthquake Source Characterization,
Gutenberg-Richter recurrence law, Predictive relationships, temporal
uncertainty, Probability computations, Seismic Hazard Curve, Logic tree
methods.
8. Site Response Analysis Ground Response Analysis, Transfer Function,
Non-linear approach. Site Classification.
9. Seismic Analysis and Design of Various Geotechnical Structures
Pseudo-static method, Pseudo dynamic method, other dynamic
methods, Seismic analysis of retaining wail, Seismic slope stability
analysis, Behavior of reinforced soil under seismic conditions, Seismic
design of retaining structures, Seismic analysis of Tailings Dam,
Seismic displacement based analysis, seismic design of shallow
foundations, seismic design of pile foundations, seismic uplift capacity
of ground anchors, seismic design of Municipal Solid Waste (MSV)
landfills. Codal provisions/guidelines for seismic
10. design of geotechnical structures.
Laboratory
Equipment
Suggested
reference books
References:
4. Shamsher Prakash,"Soil Dynamics”, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
t
H
PSG for BSCE
Page 86 of 120 |
---
## PDF Page 122
[View the original scanned page 122](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=122)
2. Steven L.Kramer,“Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering’,Prentice Hall ]
Inc.
3. Robert W. Day,"Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook’,
McGraw Hill, New York.
4. Ikuo Towhata “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering’ Springer-Verlag |
Heidelberg.
5. Kenji Ishihara,“Soil Behaviour in Earthquake Geotechnics”, Oxford
University Press, USA.
6. Milutin Srbulov,“Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering: Simplified i
Analyses with Case Studies and Examples”, Springer-Verlag.
7. D. D.Barkan,“Dynamics of Bases and Foundations’, McGraw-Hill Book
Company.
Course Name:
GROUND IMPROVEMENT
Course
Description
find a site with suitable soil properties. The properties at many sites must be
improved by the use of some form of soil improvement methods. The abjective
of this course is for students to understand common ground improvement
methods, including densification and compaction, preloading consolidation by
prefabricated vertical drains, vacuum and electro-osmotic consolidation,
physical and chemical stabilization, soil reinforcement and seepage and
dewatering. The focus of discussion will be on understanding scientific
principles and appropriate applications; the degree to which soil properties
may be improved; advantages and limitations. Case studies will be presented
as part of learning process throughout the lectures.
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 Units Lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
week
3 lecture hours per week
Co-Requisite
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
a-E, c-D, e-E, g-E, h-E, k-D, m-D
PSG for BSCE
Page 87 of 120
---
## PDF Page 123
[View the original scanned page 123](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=123)
Course
Course Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
1. design and analyze foundations on difficult soils;
2. design and analyze embankments and earth dams;
3. design and analyze earth retaining structures:
4. develop methodologies for seepage controi, dewatering and other
ground improvement projects with consideration of enhancing the
benefit and reducing the cost.
i
Course Outline
Densification and Compaction
1. Shallow and deep compaction
2. Dynamic compaction
3. Compaction quality control and assessment
ll Consolidation
1. Prefabricated vertical drains (PVDs)
2. Vacuum preloading
3. Electro-osmosis
HI Physical and chemical stabilization
1. Chemical admixtures
2. Grouting
3. Thermal treatment
4. Ground freezing
5. Electro-cementation
IV Reinforcement by inclusions
1. Reinforced earth structures
2. Ground anchors, nails and micro-piles
V Seepage control and dewatering
PSG for BSCE
Page 88 of 120
---
## PDF Page 124
[View the original scanned page 124](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=124)
4, Drainage methods
2. Seepage control
3. Design considerations
Laboratory
Suggested
reference books
McGraw Hill, NY.
F.3 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
Course Name
COMPUTER SOFTWARES IN STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering aimed at introducing to them the state-of-the-art computer tools in
structural analysis that are available in the market.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours’ lecture
Prerequisites
Structural Theory
Addressed by the
Course
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s k-D, m-D
Course Outcome
At the end of the course, the student must be able to become familiar with the
computer software commercially available for structural analysis and
knowledgeable in their use and application.
Course Outline
Hands on seminar-workshop on the use of the computer softwares.
Laboratory
Equipment
Computer laboratory
Reference Books
Computer software users’ manual.
PSG for BSCE
Page 89 of 120
---
## PDF Page 125
[View the original scanned page 125](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=125)
Course Name
EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to understand the theoretical, practical, and
computational aspects of the earthquake excitation in relation to structural
design.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours per
3 hours lecture
Structural Theory
Co-requisites
None
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-E, g-E, k-E, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the occurrence and origin of earthquakes;
2. Understand structural dynamics and appreciate the response of
structures to seismic excitation;
3. Apply the latest developments in earthquake and seismic design
relevance to the National Structural Code of the Philippines.
Course Outline
Causes of earthquakes and faulting; tectonic piates
Faulting and seismic zones of the Philippines
Measurement of earthquakes; magnitude v. intensity
Dynamics of vibration; attenuation
Time history
Elastic and inelastic response spectra
Effects of soils on ground motion; liquefaction
Earthquake effects and design of structures
National Structurai Code of the Philippines in relation to eartnquake-
resistant structural design
OMNOAARWN >
Laboratory
Equipment
L—.
None
Reference Books
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP), National
Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP) C101, Vol. 1, Buildings and
Other Vertical Structures (7" Ed., 2016
2. Chen, W.F. and Lui, E.M., Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design,
PSG for BSCE
Page 90 of 120
---
## PDF Page 126
[View the original scanned page 126](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=126)
CRC Press, 2005
3. Hu, Y-X and Liu, S-C., Earthquake Engineering, CRC Press, 1996
4, Williams, Martin, Structural Dynamics, CRC Press, 2016
Course Name
DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to enable the design of steel structures.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Structural Theory
None
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the process involved in the design of steel
structures;
2. Demonstrate how to design a steel-framed structure such as
a building or a transmission tower.
Course Outline
1. introduction to the course
e identification of structures for which steel is practical for use;
e Specifications and building codes
® Philosophies of design
e Factors of safety - ASD and LRFD methods of design
2. Gravity loads on structures
e Code provisions - NSCP C101
e Dead ioad
® Live load
e Other gravity loads
3. Lateral loads
e Code provisions —- NSCP C101
e Wind load
PSG for BSCE
Page 91 of 120
---
## PDF Page 127
[View the original scanned page 127](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=127)
e Other lateral loads
4, Structural framing systems
e Bearing wall system
e Building frame system
e Moment-resisting frame system
e Dual system with special moment frames
e Dual system with intermediate moment frames
e Cantilevered column building systems
5. Structural analysis for stress resultants
e Structural modeling
e Load combinations for ASD and LRFD methods
s Computer-aided structural analysis
e Application of code provisions for load combinations
e Determination of the design stress resultant for the structural
members
6. Selection of structural member sizes for tension, compression,
bending, shear, torsion, or their combinations
7. Design of beam-to-beam or girder, girder-to-column connection
e Bolted connections
e Welded connections
Laboratory
Equipment None
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National
Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP C101, Vol. | Builings and
Reference Books Other Vertical Structures), 7" Ea., 2016
2. Salmon, C.G. and Johnson, J.E., Stee! Structures Design and Behavior,
Harper Collins, 1996 or latest Ed.
3. Williams, A., Steel Structures Design ASD/LRFD.
Course Name REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN
Course A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
Description engineering designed to enablethe design of reinforced concrete structures.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 iecture units
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours lecture
per Week
PSG for BSCE Page 92 of 120
---
## PDF Page 128
[View the original scanned page 128](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=128)
Prerequisites
Structural Theory
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcomels
Addressed by a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, m-D
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the process involved in the design of reinforced
Course concrete framed structures;
Outcomes 2. Demonstrate how to design a reinforced concrete structure such
as a building.
Course Outline
N
wo
Introduction to the course
@
@
Identification of structures for which concrete is practical for use;
Specifications and building codes
Philosophies of design
Factors of safety - ASD and LRFD methods of design
Gravity loads on structures
Code provisions - NSCP C101
Dead load
Live load
Other gravity loads
Lateral loads
4.
Code provisions - NSCP C101
Wind load
Earthquake load
Other lateral loads
Structural framing systems
Bearing wall system
Building frame system
Moment-resisting frame system
Dual system
Dual system with intermediate moment frames
Cantilevered column building systems
Shear-wal! frame Interaction Systems
Structural analysis for stress resultants
Structural modeling
Load combinations for ASD and LRFD methods
Computer-aided structural analysis
Application of code provisions for load combinations
Determination of the design stress resultant for the structural members
Structural design of structural elements
Review of structural member sizes for the design stress resultants
PSG for BSCE
Page 93 of 120
---
## PDF Page 129
[View the original scanned page 129](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=129)
» Determination of longitudinal and transverse reinforcements for the
design stress resuitants
7. Detailing of reinforcements; placements, splices, hooks and ties, spirals
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
1 Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National Structural
Code of the Philippines(NSCP C101, Vol. | Buildings and Other Vertical
Structures), 7" Ed., 2016
2 American Concrete Institute, AC/ 318 Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete, latest edition
3 McCormac, Jack C, Design of Reinforced Concrete, 7th Ed., 2005, John
Wiley & Sons
4 Nilson, Arthur H. and Winter, George et. Al, Design of Concrete
Structures, 13th Ed., 2000, Mc-Graw Hill, Inc.
Wang. Chu Kia and Salmon, Charles C, Reinforced Concrete Design,6th
Ed., 1998, Addison-Wesley
an
Course Name
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to enable the design of reinforced concrete structures
with optimum utilization of post-tensioned prestressed concrete elements.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Reinforced Concrete Design
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s aE, cE, e-E, g-E, KE, m-D
Addressed by POR EE GRICE,
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
Course 1. Understand the process involved in the design of reinforced concrete
Outcomes framed structures utilizing post-tensioned prestressed concrete
elements;
PSG for BSCE Page 94 of 120
---
## PDF Page 130
[View the original scanned page 130](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=130)
2. Demonstrate how to design a reinforced concrete structure such as a
building with optimum utilization of post-tensioned prestressed
concrete elements.
1. Introduction to the course
e Identification of structures for whichprestressedconcrete is practical for
use;
e Specifications and building codes
e Philosophies of design
e Factors of safety - ASD and LRFD methods of design
2. Gravity loads on structures
e Code provisions ~ NSCP C101
e Dead load
® Live load
e Other gravity loads
3. Lateral ioads
e Code provisions ~- NSCP C101
e Wind load
e Earthquake load
« Other lateral loads
4. Structural framing systems
e Bearing wall system
Course Outline e Building frame system
e Momernt-resisting frame system
e Dual system
e Dual system with intermediate moment frames
e Cantilevered column building systems
e Shear-wall frame Interaction Systems
5. Structural analysis for stress resultants
¢ Structural modeling
e Load combinations for ASD and LRFD methods
e Computer-aided structural analysis
@ Application of code provisions for load combinations
e Determination of the design stress resultant for the structural members
6. Structural design of structural elements
e Review of structural member sizes for the design stress resultants
e Determination of post-tensioning reinforcements and their profile for the
design stress resultants;
e Determination of conventional longitudinal and transverse
reinforcements for the design stress resultants
7. Detailing of reinforcements; placements, splices, hooks and ties, spirals
Laboratory
Equipment None
PSG for BSCE Page 95 of 120
---
## PDF Page 131
[View the original scanned page 131](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=131)
Reference Books
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National Structural
Code of the Philippines(NSCP C101, Vol. | Buildings and Other Vertical
Structures), 7 Ed., 2016
2. American Concrete Institute, AC/ 378 Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete, latest edition
3. McCormac, Jack C, Design of Reinforced Concrete, 7th Ed., 2005, John
Wiley & Sons
4. Nilson, Arthur H. and Winter, George et. Al, Design of Concrete
Structures, 13th Ed., 2000, Mc-Graw Hill, Inc.
5. Wang. Chu Kia and Salmon, Charles C, Reinforced Concrete Design,6th
Ed., 1998, Addison-Wesley
Course Name
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF TOWERS AND OTHER VERTICAL
STRUCTURES
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to enablethe design of towers and other vertical
structures.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 lecture units
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours lecture
per Week
Prerequisites Design of Steel Structures
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s .
Addressed by a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, j-E, m-D
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1, Understand the process involved in the design towers and other
Course vertical structures;
Outcomes 2. Demonstrate how to design towerstructure such as a transmission
tower.
Course Outline
1. Introduction to the course
e Identification of structures for which tower is practical for use;
e Specifications and building codes
® Philosophies of design
e Factors of safety - ASD and LRFD methods of design
PSG for BSCE
Page 96 of 120
---
## PDF Page 132
[View the original scanned page 132](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=132)
2. Gravity loads on structures
e Code provisions - NSCP C101
« Dead load
° Live load
e Other gravity loads
3. Lateral loads
e Code provisions ~ NSCP C101
e Wind load
® Earthquake load
® Other lateral loads
4. Structural framing systems
5. Structural analysis for stress resultants
e Structural modeling
® Load combinations for ASD and LRFD methods
e Computer-aided structural analysis
e Application of code provisions for load combinations
e Determination of the design stress resultant for the structural members
6. Selection of structural member sizes for tension, compression, bending,
shear, torsion, or their combinations
7. Design of member connections
e Bolted connections
e Welded connections
Laboratory
Equipment None
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, National Structural
Code of the Philippines(NSCP C101, Vol. | Buildings and Other Vertical
Structures), 7° Ed., 2016
2. Salmon, C.G. and Johnson, J.E., Stee! Structures Design and Behavior,
Harper Collins, 1996 orlatest Ed.
3. Williams, A., Steel Structures Design ASD/LRFD.
Reference Books
Course Name BRIDGE ENGINEERING
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to understand the concepts, theories, and principles in
the the design process of bridge structures.
Course
Description
Number of Units
for Lecture and | 3 lecture units
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours lecture
PSG for BSCE Page 97 of 120
---
## PDF Page 133
[View the original scanned page 133](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=133)
per Week
Prerequisites
Structural Theory
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s ;
Addressed by a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, j-E, m-D
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Understand the concepts, principles and theories of bridge
Course desian;
Outcomes 2. Demonstrate how to design a simple span reinforced concrete
deck-girder and steel truss through bridge.
Course Outline
1. Introduction to the course
e Classification criteria of bridges; materials of construction, usage,
structural form, span type, span length, load path, deck type, position;
e Factors affecting the location, alignment, span, and elevation of the
bridge
e Components of a bridge: superstructure, substructure, bearings
2. Loads on bridges
e Dead loads
e Live loads: truck loadings, lane loadings, extra-legal loads
® Wind loads
e Thermal, centrifugal, traction loads
e Seismic load
« Flood ioad
3. Provisions of the National Structural Code of the Philippines, Vol. I,
Bridges
4. Design of simple span RCDG highway bridge
e Design of slab
e Design bending moments and shears due to a series of truck loads on
span: critical look at Code provisions
e Design of interior girders
e Design of exterior girders
e Design of diaphragm
e Seismic analysis; wind load analysis
« Design of bearings
e Design of abutmenis
e Design of superstructure; footings,mats or rafts, pile foundation
5. Design of simple span steel highway through truss bridge
e Design of slab
e Design bending moments and shears due to a series of truck loads on
span, critical look at Code provisions
PSG for BSCE
Page 98 of 120
---
## PDF Page 134
[View the original scanned page 134](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=134)
® Design of interior beams
e Design of exterior beams
e Design of diaphragm
e Seismic analysis; wind load analysis
e Influence lines/influence line diagrams for truss members due to live
loads
e Design of truss members
e Design of connections
e Design of bearings
e Design of abutments
e Design of superstructure; footings, mats or rafts, pile foundatio
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
1. Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP), National
Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP C10, Vol. I/ Bridges), latest Ed.
2. Chen, W.F. and Lui, E.M., Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design,
CRC Press, 2005
3. Hu, Y-X and Liu, S-C., Earthquake Engineering, CRC Press, 1996
4, Williams, Martin, Structural Dynamics, CRC Press, 2016
Course Name
FOUNDATION AND RETAINING WALL DESIGN
Course
Description
A specialized professional course for civil engineering students in structural
engineering designed to understand the concepts, theories, and principles in
the the design process of structural foundations and retaining walls.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 lecture units
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours lecture
Geotechnical Engineering 1
None
Program
Qutcome/s
Addressed by
the Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, j-E, m-D
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
PSG for BSCE
Page 99 of 120
---
## PDF Page 135
[View the original scanned page 135](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=135)
Outcomes
Understand the concepts, principles and theories of structural
foundation and retaining wall design;
Demonstrate how to design structural foundations and retaining
walls.
Course Outline
1. Spread Footings
Common types of footings
Depth of footings
Design of footings
Bearing capacity of soils under footings and mat foundations
Footing size proportions
Soil stresses in lower strata
Settlement of footings
Eccentric loading
nclined load
Footings on slopes
Uplift of footings
Structural design of footings
2. Strap Footings, Combined Footings, Mat Foundations
Uses of strap footings, combined footings, and mat foundations
Common types of arrangement of strap footings, combined footings,
and mat foundations
Design of strap footings
Design of combined footings
Design of mat foundation
Coefficient of subgrade reaction
Allowable bearing pressure for mat foundation
3. Pile Foundations
eo © © @ € @ € @ © & @ 6
Use of piles
Types of piles
Determination of type and length of pile
Pile capacity — end bearing or skin friction
Pile spacing and group action
Design of pile foundations
Stresses on lower strata
Settlement analysis
Design of pile caps
Uplift
Lateral loads
Batter piles
Negative skin friction
4. Retaining Walls
Use of retaining walls
Types of retaining walls
Proportioning of retaining walis
PSG for BSCE
Page 100 of 120."
---
## PDF Page 136
[View the original scanned page 136](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=136)
Earth pressure computation
Stability of retaining walis
Design of structural components
Backfill drainage
heetpiling Walls
Use of sheetpiling walls
Common types of sheet piles
Common types of sheetpiling walls
Lateral pressure acting on sheetpiling walls
Design of cantilever sheetpiling wall
Design of anchored sheetpiling wall
Stability of sheetpiling in cohesive soils
Types of anchorage
Location of anchorage
a
e@ e@ (Te 6 & @
e® ¢ @ @ @ ® @
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
4. Peck, R.B, Hanson, W.F. and Thornburn, T.H., Foundation
Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, latest edition
2. Teng, Wayne C., Foundation Design, Prentice-Hall, latest edition
F.4 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Course Name
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS PLANNING AND DESIGN
Course
Description
The course gives emphasis on the Transportation Sector of the Economy: Its
Function, Its Players, Its Technologies, Its Policies, Its Information Sources;
Planning and Analysis Tools of Transportation Demand and Investment; The
Role of High Technology in Transportation; Current High Profile Transportation
Policy & Planning Issues
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours
per Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Principles of Transportation Engineering
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by
the Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, j-E, k-E, m-D
PSG for BSCE
Page 101 of 120
---
## PDF Page 137
[View the original scanned page 137](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=137)
Course
Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Describe the elements of the transportation, evolution of
urban transportation and its policy
2. Explain the Modeling Transportation Systems, Urban Travel &
Transportation System Characteristics, Travel Demand with
Land Use
3. Make a modeling of Mode Choice and Traffic Assignment
4. investigate and analyze value pricing, ITS ana its policy
Course Outline
1. Elements of the transpertation sector of the economy, the player, the
technologies, the information sources
2. Evolution of Urban transportation Technology: From the Omnibus to
PRT
3. Historical evolution of National Transportation Policy leading to current
National Transportation Policy
4. Modeling Transportation Systems; Development of a Formal Urban
Transportation Pianning (UTP) Process & Decision Making
5. Urban Travel & Transportation System Characteristics: Planning
Studies and Methods: Travel Demand Surveys, Data Sources, Intro to
Sequential Demand Forecasting Modeling Approaches
Relating the Travel Demand with Land Use: Trip generation; Activity-
based demand models
Random Utility Theory and the modeling of Mode Choice
Traffic Assignment and paths through networks; Network Analysis
‘Value Pricing”, other pricing policies in transportation.
0. Toward Real-T Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS): Advanced
Traveler Information Systems (ATIS): In-vehicle Satellite Navigation:
From TravTek to Navigation Based Services; Global Positioning
Systems (GPS)
11. Current National Transportation Policy, Transportation infrastructure
a»
BOON
}-
Laboratory
Equipment
Reference Books
Course Name
HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
Course
Description
This course deals with the development of highways in the Philippines,
highway design, and the materials that are used in road construction and
maintenance. The course includes highway administration; traffic, driver,
pedestrian and vehicle characteristics; geometric design, roadside design,
highway and related structures; intersection, interchanges, terminals; drainage
structures; traffic engineering; asphalt and concrete pavements, survey, plans,
estimates, contracts and supervision, earthworks, bases and sub-bases,
highway maintenance and rehabilitation. The Standard Specification for Public
Works and Highways will also be discussed and be given emphasis in the
discussion.
PSG
for BSCE
Page 102 of 120
---
## PDF Page 138
[View the original scanned page 138](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=138)
Number of Units
forLecture and | 3 lecture units
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours 3 hours iecture per week
per Week
Prerequisites Fundamentals of Surveying
Co-requisites None
Program
Outcome/s an
Addressed by a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, i-E, j-E, k-E, m-D
the Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss the development of early roads and highway in the Philippines
from the early part of 1900 to the present era
2. Recognize the importance of planning stage of a proposed road
Course construction project and be familiar with the items conforming to
Outcomes highway design standards
3. Apply the methods of analysis and design relevant to highway
engineering.
4. Define the factors that affect the performance of highways and related
structures.
1. The Highway and its Development: Highway in the Philippines,
Planning difficulties. Highway programming. Community involvement.
Highway economy. Location of the proposed Highway, Highway plans
and specifications.
2. Designing the Highway: Consistency. Design speed. Cross-section of
typical highway. Road shoulder. Cut or fill slope. Cross slope. Highway
median. The grade line. Right of way. Road alignment. Widening of
curves. Islands. Types of interchange. Highway intersection. Freeway
entrance and exit.
3. Soil: Soil and its origin. Soil types. Characteristics of soil. Soil
classification.
4. Road materials: Aggregates. Aggregates for bituminous pavement.
Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete. Mineral fillers. Bituminous
materials and binders. Bituminous concrete pavement. Asphalt
concrete pavement. Bituminous pavement failure. Macadam asphalt.
Surface treatment.
5. Road Bed Construction: Treated and Untreated base courses. DPWH
standard specifications on: Aggregate sub-base course, Clearing and
grubbing, Excavation, Free haul-overhaul, Construction of fills and
embankment, Subgrade preparation, Compaction and stabilization.
6. Concrete Pavement: Concrete pavement characteristics and behavior.
Transverse expansion, longitudinal and construction joints.
Course Outline
PSG for BSCE Page 103 of 120
---
## PDF Page 139
[View the original scanned page 139](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=139)
Reinforcement of joints. Sub-grade and sub-base for concrete
pavement, Concrete proportions and mixtures, Curing of concrete
pavement. DPWH specifications on concrete pavement. Preparation of
grade. Handling, measuring and batching of materials. Placing of
concrete. Removal of forms.
7. Drainage and Slope Protection: Drainage. Hydrology. Drainage
economic considerations. Draining the highway. Manholes, inlets and
catch basins. Channeis and culverts. Stabilization the unsupported
slope. improving the stability of slope. Retaining wall. Highway bridges.
8. Design of Pavement: Rigid pavement. Flexible pavement. Thickness of
pavement using McLeod’s method, U.S. Corps of Engineers, California
Resistance Value Method, Expansion pressure method, Stress at the
corner of a slab using Goldbecks formula, Width of widening of a curve
section of road, Thickness of base course using triaxial test method.
9. Highway Maintenance and rehabilitation.
10. Recycling equipment and methods.
Laboratory
Equipment
None
Reference Books
1. Mannering Fred, Washburm Scott, Kilaresky Walter. 2004. Principles of
Highway Engineering & Traffic Analysis. Muze Inc.
2. Wright, Paul H. 2003. Highway Engineering. Wiley & Sons.
3. Garber, Nicholas; & Hoel, Lester. 2001.Highway and Traffic Engineering.
Brookes/Cole Publishing.
4. Fajardo, Max Jr. B., Elements of Roads and Highways, Second Edition,
5138 Merchandising Publisher, Manila,1998.
5. Department of Public Works and Highways.1995. Standard Specification for
Public Works and Highways(Volume Il — Standard Specification for
Highways, Bridges and Airports), DPWH, Office of the Secretary, Bonifacio
Drive, Port Area, Manila
Course Name
AIRPORT DESIGN
Course
Description
The course gives emphasis on the Air Transportation; history and airport
planning; Aeronautical Requirements for Airport Design; Airside Operations -
Navigation & Alr Traffic Control: Airport Terminal LOS Standards; Simulation
Modeling of Passenger Terminals and Airport Security Issues; Air Traffic Flow
Management; and Environmental Impact — Airport Noise
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours lecture
PSG for BSCE
Page 104 of 120
---
## PDF Page 140
[View the original scanned page 140](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=140)
Prerequisites
Transportation Engineering
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, h-l, i-E, j-E, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1.
2.
3.
State the history of aviation and requirements of airport design
Explain the runway length, airspace requirements, navigation and air
traffic control
illustrate airfield capacity and delay, Runway and Taxiway
Geometrics, Passenger Terminal Capacity
4. Explain the Air Traffic Fiow Management, Airport Management and
Economics and Airport Noise
1. Introduction to Air Transportation, History of Aviation and Airport
Planning
2. Aeronautical Requirements for Airport Design
3. Aeronautical Requirements for Airport Design — Aircraft Weight
Definitions
4. Airfield Design - Runway Length Analysis, Runway Orientation
5. Airspace Requirements and Obstruction Analysis
6. Airside Operations - Navigation & Air Traffic Control
7. Communication, Navigation and Surveillance
8. Enroute and Terminal Automation Tools
Course Outline 9. Airfield Capacity and Delay
10. Runway and Taxiway Geometrics: Marking, Signage and Lighting
11. Airport Terminal Building Concepts, Passenger Terminal Capacity
12. Airport Terminal LOS Standards; Simulation Modeling of Passenger
Terminals and Airport Security Issues
13. Airport Access Operations & Design
14. Collaborative Decision Making (CDM), Air Traffic Flow Management
and CDM Example
15. Airport Management and Economics
16. Environmental Impact — Airport Noise, Airport Noise
Estimation/Aviation and Climate Change
Laboratory
Equipment
Reference Books | De Neufville, R. and A. Odoni: Airport Systems - Planning, Design, and
Management, McGraw-Hill, 2003 ISBN 0-07-138477-4.
Course Name
PORTS AND HARBORS
Course The course gives emphasis on the planning, development, design
Description construction and operation of ports and harbors as modes of transportation.
PSG for BSCE Page 105 of 120
---
## PDF Page 141
[View the original scanned page 141](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=141)
It gives a thorough discussion of the types and classification of ports and
harbors; theory and principle of oceanographic survey (tides, currenis and
waves); ports and harbors planning and development, hydraulics of river, its
improvements and controls.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 units lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours lecture
Prerequisites
Transportation Engineering, Hydraulics
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-E, e-E, g-E, ht, +E, j-E, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Show familiarity in the of concept and importance port operation
in the economic development of a nation
2. Knowledgeably plan ports and harbors
3. Knowledgeably discuss the developments and operation of ports
and harbors
4. Investigate and analyze areas of improvement in ports and
harbors
Course Outline
1. Introduction to Ports and Harbors: Purpose and Classifications
of Poris and Harbors
2. Kinds of Harbors according to Usage; Definition and Requisites;
Location of Harbor, Site Selection
3. Design of Harbors
4. Meteorological, Physical Conditions and Economic Aspects; Port
Anchorage
5. Criteria in Port Development; Tide; Definition, Importance,
Types, Datum Plane; Tidal Range; Tidal Pressure; Current
6. Classification and Characteristics of Waves; Breakwater and
Jetties; Definition; Types; Purpose; and Factors Affecting the
designs
7. PORT PLANNING; Theory and principles of oceanographic
survey, hydraulics of rivers, its improvements and controls
Laboratory
Equipment
Reference Books
1. Duxbury, Alyn C., Fundamentals of Oceanography. 2000. CRC
Press.
PSG for BSCE
Page 106 of 120
---
## PDF Page 142
[View the original scanned page 142](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=142)
2. incised River Channels; processes, forms engineering and
Management 1999 CRC Press.
3. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) Port Design Manual by Jica,
1999.
4. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) Port Planning Manual by Jica,
1999.
F.6 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
Course Name
WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
Course
Description
The course covers technical and scientific bases for the design of water
supply system and design of drainage with depth and thoroughness. The
course deals on the following topics: Flow in Closed Conduits, Design of
Water Distribution Systems, Rainfall-runoff relation, Flow Frequency Analysis,
and Design of Drainage systems.
The course will expose the students in getting data from different
institutions/agencies and in designing simple water supply system or basic
drainage systems that could be implemented in actuai work.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units of lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours per week for 18 weeks
—
Hydrology, Hydraulics
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Estimate peak runoff, determine the appropriate pump rating to
deliver water from an identified source to a receiving
tank/reservoir, determine the size of pipes given flow rate, and
determine the appropriate size of open channel given discharge.
2. Determine the parameters of different probability distributions
commonly used in flood frequency analysis.
PSG for BSCE
Page 107 of 120
---
## PDF Page 143
[View the original scanned page 143](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=143)
3. Design a basic drainage system and/or simple water supply
system.
Course Outline
Water Resources Engineering
The Hydrologic Cycle
The water Code of the Philippines
Peak runoff Estimation
Rational Method
Time of concentration formulas
NRCS SCS Methed
NRCS-TR55 Method
Pump and Pipeline systems
0. Manometric Head
1. Head loss due to friction
2. Head loss due to connections, bends and valves
3. Pump Characteristics
4. Power requirement for pumps
15, Design of Drainage Channels
6. Best Hydraulic Sections
17. Boundary shear stress
8. Channel slope
9. Freeboard
20. Design of channels with rigid ings
21. Design of channels with flexible linings
22. Frequency Analysis
23. Normal Distribution
24, Gumbel distribution
25, Lognormal distribution
26. Gamma/Pearson Type III Distribution
27. Log-Pearson Type Ili distribution
28, Design of Water Distribution Systems
29, Water Demand
30. Fire Demand
31. Design flows
32. Components of water distribution system
33. Performance criteria for water distribution systems
34. Design of water supply system/Drainage system
35, Different components of the system
36. What data to secure?
37. Where to secure such data?
38. How to secure and use the data?
OON OT AWN >
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
1) David Chin, Water-Resources Engineering, PEARSON, Singapore,
3rd Ed, 2013,
2) Mc Cuen, Pearson, Hydrologic Analysis and Design ,4°2005Ed, ,
3) Linsley, Franzini, Freyberg, and Tchobanoglous; Water Resources
Engineering, 4" Edition,
PSG for BSCE
Page 108 of 120
---
## PDF Page 144
[View the original scanned page 144](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=144)
4) Akan and Houghtalen; Urban Hydrology, Hydraulics, and Storm water
Quality, John Wiley& Sons, 2003
5) Water Code of the Philippines and the Amended Implementing Rules
and Regulations by National Water Resources Board (PDF)
Course Name
FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE DESIGN
Course
Description
The course deals on rainwater harvesting,storm runoff utilization for water
supply, water infiltration into the soil, road drainage, sizing of inlets and
culverts, design of detention and retention ponds, flood models, flood gates
and pumping stations.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units of lecture
Number of
Contact Hours per
Week
3 hours per week for 18 weeks
Hydrology, Water Resources Engineering
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-D, e-E, g-E, k-D, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Identify and discuss the different components of rainwater harvesting
system.
2. Identify and discuss the different components of a storm water
drainage system
3. Identify and discuss the different components of flood gates and
pumping systems
4, Perform caiculation related to sizing of gutters, inlets, culverts and
channels needed to convey storm water as well as sizing of retention
and detenti onds,
Course Outline
Introduction to the Course
2. Rainwater Harvesting System (Roof, Lawns, Parking spaces)
3. Culvert Design
e Culvert design flows
Culvert hydraulics
Culvert Alignmenis
Culvert Performance
Roadway Overtopping
Sample design calculations
=
@ oe 6 @ 6
PSG for BSCE
Page 109 of 120°
---
## PDF Page 145
[View the original scanned page 145](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=145)
### 4. Gutter flow and Inlet Design
- Roadway Gutters
- Sample design calculation of gutters
- Types of Inlets
- Grate inlet on grade
- Curb-opening inlets
- Combination inlets
- Slotted drain inlets
- Inlet Spacing and locations
- Sample design calculations for inlets
### 5. Design of Storm Water Detention
- Storm water retention vs detention
- Types of Storm water Detention facilities
- Dry vs wet ponds
- Aboveground vs underground detention
- Storm water runoff models
- Basic considerations in the design of detention ponds
- Design storms
- Components of detention facilities
- Sample design calculations
### 6. Flood Gates and Pumping systems
- Types of gates and their properties
- Types of pumps
**Reference Books** (Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication)
1. David Chin, Water Resources Engineering, Pearson, Singapore, 3rd Ed., 2013
2. Haested, Stormwater Conveyance System, Haestad Press, USA, 1st Ed., 2003
3. McCuen, R.H., Hydrologic Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall, 1989
4. Linsley, R.K., M.A. Kohler and J.L.H. Paulhus, Hydrology for Engineers by; McGraw-Hill, 1988
5. Applied Hydrology by VenTe Chow, David Maidment and Larry Mays; McGRAW-HILL International Editions; 1988
6. Handbook of Hydrology David maidment, 1993
### IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
**Course Description**
The course covers soil-water relation, different techniques of irrigation methods and various technologies, estimation of consumptive use, conveyance of irrigation water, drainage of excess water, sizing of conveyance structures.
**Number of Units:** 3 units of lecture
*PSG for BSCE — Printed page 110 of 120. This section was re-transcribed from the scan; source formatting and unusual reference-book spellings are preserved.*
---
## PDF Page 146
[View the original scanned page 146](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=146)
for Lecture and
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours per | 3 hours per week for 18 weeks
Week
Prerequisites 4" year standing
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, e-E, g-E, k-E
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss soil-water relation, enumerate and discuss method of
measuring soil moisture.
2. Enumerate and discuss the different types of irrigation systems
Course Outcomes 3. Perform calculation related to movement of water into the soil.
4. Perform calculation to determine the size of irrigation
canals/pipes
5. Estimate consumptive use of water using evaporation ad
Irrigation - Worldwide
Sources and Storage of Irrigation Water
Basic Soil-Water Relations
Measurement of Soil Moisture
Flow of Water Into and Through Soils
Salt Problems in Soil and Water
Consumptive Use of Water (Evaporation and
Evapotranspiration)
When to Irrigate and How Much Water to Apply
Sprinkler and Trickle Irrigation
Surface and Subsurface Irrigation
Irrigation Implements and Structures
Conveyance of Irrigation and Drainage Water
Wells for irrigation Water
Pumping Water for Irrigation and Drainage
Drainage of Irrigated Lands
Water Measurement
Legal and Administrative Aspects of Irrigation and Drainage
Oo NOAA RON =
NOUBON =O"
Course Outline
—s
tk
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
Suggested
References 1) Santosh Kumar Gard: Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures;
Khanna ; Publishing; 2006
PSG for BSCE Page 111 of 120
---
## PDF Page 147
[View the original scanned page 147](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=147)
2) Sharma, R.K. and Sharma, T.K.; Irrigation Engineering; Chand
Publisner, New Dethi, india; 2007
3) Hargreaves, G and Merkley, G.; Irrigation Fundamentals; Water
Resource Publications; USA; 2014
Course Name WATER SUPPLY PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
The course deals on water uses and the corresponding quality, estimation of
Course water demand identification of water sources, possible treatment, and
Description development.
Number of Units
for Lecture and 3 units of lecture
Laboratory
Number of
Contact Hours per | 3 hours per week for 18 weeks
Week
Prerequisites Hydrology, Hydraulics
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the a-D, e-E, gE, k-D, m-D
Course
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. identify different water sources and discuss the different treatments
needed to comply with standards for water use
Course Outcomes 2. Discuss the environmental impacts of developing the different water
sources
3. Estimate water demands for different users
4. Provide typical layout of water supply system
a
Importance of safe drinking water on public health
2. Cornmon sources of water supply
2.1 Surface water
2.2 Groundwater
2.3 Mixed water resources
2.4 Rain water
3. Assessment of water quantity
3.1 Surface monitoring
3.2 Groundwater
4 Water characteristics and drinking water quality
Course Outline
PSG for BSCE Page 112 of 120
---
## PDF Page 148
[View the original scanned page 148](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=148)
4.1 Parameters and standards with regard to physical, chemical,
bacteriological and organoleptical properties.
4.2 Waiter related diseases
4.3 Factors affecting water quality
4.4 Sources of environmental contaminants
5 Estimation of water demand
5.1 Classification of water use
5.2 Quantifying present and future use
5.3 Domestic water demand
5.4 Industrial, commercial, agricultural and other types of water demands
5.5 Fluctuations in water use, factor of inequality low rate patterns
6 Development of water sources
6.1 Groundwater
6.3 Construction of wells
6.4Environmental effects and sea water intrusion
6.5 Surface water
6.6 Watershed and reservoir management and dam siltation
7. Introduction to conventional water purification processes
7.1 Physical treatment processes
7.2 Chemical treatment processes
8. Water Transport and Distribution systems
8.1 General procedure and iayout of masterplan of a distribution system
8.2 Design criteria for normal and fire demand
8.3 Hydraulic design of branched and grid systems
8.4 Pipes, appurtenances and pipe laying, metering, flow and pressure
control
9 Introduction to water laws, codes, finance and water rates
Reference Books
Author; Title; Publisher; Place of Publication; Date of Publication
1. David W. Prasifka; Water Supply Planning; 1994
Course Name
Coastal Engineering
Course
Description
The course emphasizes the familiarization of the basic theory and concepts
and the application of these to design situations in the field of coastal
engineering. The course covers overview of coastal and estuarine
environments, behavior of real fluids, theoretical representations of fluid
turbulence, effects of waves and currents on structures, and coastal
engineering issues such as shoreline erosion and sedimentation and water
quality degradation.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units of lecture
PSG for BSCE
Page 113 of 120
---
## PDF Page 149
[View the original scanned page 149](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=149)
Hours per Week
Number of Contact
3 hours a week for lecture and 3 hours per week for laboratory
Prerequisites
Differential equation, Numerical solutions to CE, hydraulics
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, c-D, e-E, g-E
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss thedifferent coastal problems related to environmental
degradation, pollution, flooding, erosion and sedimentation.
2. Discuss wave transformations at coastal sites (shoaling,
refraction, breaking, reflection)
3. Perform calculations related to wave properties (pressure,
velocity, acceleration)
. Estimate forces of waves on structures
Course Outline
4
5. Estimate size of armor stone for breakwaters
6
4
. introduction to Coastal Engineering: Environmental Issues,
coastal problems, available resources
2. Wave Classifications and wave properties: Storm surge, tides,
seasonal and long-term fluctuations
3. Wind and waves generation
4. Standing Waves, Wave shoaling, Wave refraction and diffraction,
wave breaking
5. Cross shore and Longshore currents, sediment transport, beach
response and profiles
6. Engineering sediment budget (erosion/accretion)
7. Forces on coastal structures: Piles, pipelines, cables,
breakwaters, sea wails
8. Estimate size of armor stone for breakwaters
9. Model’s to estimate shoreline change
10.Coastal zone management practices of the country and
respective regions
Reference Books
Author; Title; Publisher; Place of Publication; Date of Publication
1. Sorensen, RM; Basic Coastal Engineering; Springer Verlag; New York, 3”
Ed.; 2006
2. Tucker MJ and Pitt EG:\Waves in Ocean Engineerin;,Elsevier; United
Kingdom; 2004
3. A. Chadwick and J. Morfett; Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental
PSG for BSCE
Page 114 of 120
---
## PDF Page 150
[View the original scanned page 150](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=150)
Engineering; F&FN Spon; 1993
4. Kamphuis, JW; Introduction to Coastal Engineering and Management:
World Scientific; Singapore; 2"? edition, 2010.
Course Name
RIVER ENGINEERING
Course
Description
This subject deals with a wide range of basic knowledge on rivers required to
make an integrated river basic management plan based on natural & social
sciences and engineering. The contents included in the class are described
as follows: various view-points in relation to river systems, long term
environmental changes of rivers and their factors, river flows and river
channel processes, structure and function of river and lake ecosystems,
recent characteristics of flood disasters, integrated river basin planning
including flood control, sustainable reservoir management, nature restoration,
and sediment transport management
Number of Units
for Lecture and
3 units of lecture
Number of Contact
Hours per Week
3 hours per week for 18 weeks
Prerequisites
Hydraulics, Numerical Methods for CE
Co-requisites
Program
Outcome/s
Addressed by the
Course
a-E, e-E, g-E, k-E, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss the contribution of rivers in flood control, water supply,
environmental conservation, and economic activities of the area
2. Perform calculation related to measurements, movement, and
storages in the different processes of the hydrologic cycle.
Course Outline
Basic Terminologies in River Description
Open channel flows andflood flow simulation
Sediment transport in alluvial streams
River environmental improvement plan
Normal discharge
River restoration projects
Environmental assessment
Classification of river structures and their functions
Impact assessment for construction of dam reservoirs and
OANOTRWN -
PSG for BSCE
Page 115 of 120
---
## PDF Page 151
[View the original scanned page 151](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=151)
estuary barrages
10. Comprehensive management of sediment outflow and sediment
budgets in river basins
11.Concepts of recent sediment control dams, asset management
of dam reservoirs, management of sediment dynamism for
integrated river planning, etc.
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
1)
2)
Walter H. Graf; Fluvial Hydraulics, Wiley; Singapore; 1998
A Osman Akan; Open Channel Hydraulics; Elsevier, Amsterdam;
2006
US Army Corps of Engineers; Engineering and Design: River
Hydraulics; Books Express Publishing; UK; 1993
Fenton, J; River Engineering; Institute of Hydraulic and Water
Resources Engineering, Vienna University of Technology; Vienna;
2011
3)
4)
Course Name
Groundwater Flow Modelling
Course
Description
The course deals on the different types of aquifers and applications of Darcy’s
law to formulate water movement through these aquifers. The course also
covers contamination of groundwater and transport of contaminants and basic
groundwater flow modelling software.
Number of Units
for Lecture and
Laboratory
3 units of lecture
Number of Contact
Hours per Week
3 hours per week for 18 weeks
Prerequisites
Hydrology, Differential Equations, Numerical Methods for CE
Co-requisites
Program
Outcomels
Addressed by the
Course
a-D, e-E, g-E, k-D, m-D
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students must be able to:
1. Discuss the different types of aquifers and the Law of Darcy and its
limitations.
2. Discuss the formulation of groundwater flow equations for the different
PSG for BSCE
Page 116 of 120
---
## PDF Page 152
[View the original scanned page 152](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=152)
types of aquifers.
3. Perform calculations related to groundwater movement (velocity, flow
rate, piezometric levels)
4. Perform groundwater flow modelling using available groundwater flow
software
1. Definition of terms
2. Different types of aquifers
3. Groundwater Flow
o Darcy's Law on groundwater flow
o Steady-state Groundwater Flow in confined , unconfined, and
semi-confined aquifers
o Streamlines and Flow Nets
o Groundwater Interaction with Streams and Lakes
4. Well Hydraulics
o Equations of Flow in Polar Coordinates
o Steady flow to a well in a confined, unconfined, and semi-
confined aquifers
o Unsteady flow to a Well in a Confined, unconfined, and semi-
confined aquifer s
o Partially Penetrating Wells
Course Outline o Multiple Well Systems
o Wells Near Boundaries Treated by the Method of Images
o Recharging and Pumping Wells in Uniform Flow
o Thiem and Theis Equations
o Pump Tests and Slug Tests
o Groundwater pollution
o Causes of pollution
o Contaminant Transport
o Advection and Dispersion
o Sorption and Diffusive Mass Transfer
Aquifer Remediation
5. Vadose Zone Hydrology
o Unsaturated Flow, Retention Curves and Richard's Equation
o Infiltration and Evapotranspiration
6. Groundwater flow modelling software
Reference Books
Author, Title, Publisher, Place of Publication, Date of Publication
1.
2.
Bear, et al: Modelling Groundwater Flow and Contaminant Transport:
Springer; Netherlands; 2010
Applied Groundwater Modeling: Simulation of Flow and Advective
Transport; Elsevier; Amsterdam; 2015
C.W. Fetter, Jr; Applied Hydrogeology; Pearson Educational Limited;
Harlow,England; 2014
PSG for BSCE
Page 117 of 120
---
## PDF Page 153
[View the original scanned page 153](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=153)
### Scan-verified course-specification fields
| Printed field | Exact value or faithful transcription |
|---|---|
| Course Name | TECHNOPRENEURSHIP 101 |
| Units | Lecture – 3 units |
| Contact hours | Lecture – 3 hours |
| Prerequisite | None |
| Laboratory equipment | None |
**Source-layout note:** This is a complete one-page specification after the General Education course reference.
G. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
REFER TO CMO No. 20, s. 2013 —- NEW GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
H. TECHNOPRENEURSHIP COURSE
Course Name
Course Description
perspective in life. The course covers the value of professional and life
skills in entrepreneurial thought, investment decisions, and action that
students can utilize in starting technology companies or executing R&D
projects in companies as they start their careers. The net result is a
ipositive outlook towards wealth creation, high value adding, and
wellness in society.
Number of Units for
Lecture and Laboratory
Lecture - 3 units
nite
Ta
Number of Contact
Hours per week
Lecture - 3 hours
Prerequisite
None
Course Learning
Outcomes
The course should enable the student to:
1) evaluate and define the market needs
2) solicit and apply feedback from mentors, customers and other
stakeholders
3) experience the dynamics of participating on a business team,
4) pitch a business plan for a technology idea
5) develop an initial idea into a “pretotype”
Course Outline
1. Introduction
o Entrepreneurial Mindset
o Innovation and ideas
o Products and Services
o Team Formation
Customers
Value Proposition
Market Identification and Analysis
Creating Competitive Advantage
Business Models
introduction to Intellectual Property
Execution and Business Plan
Financial Analysis and Accounting Basics
10. Raising Capital
11. Ethics, social responsibility, and Globalization
CHONDA
Laboratory Equipment
None
PSG for BSCE
Page 118 of 120
---
## PDF Page 154
[View the original scanned page 154](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=154)
Sample Syllabus
Course Title : TECHNOPRENEURSHIP 101
Course Description : Technopreneurship is a philosophy, a way of building a career or
perspective in life, The course covers the value of professional and life skills in entrepreneurial
thought, investment decisions, and action that students can utilize in starting technology companies
or executing R&D projects in companies as they start their careers. The net result is a positive
outlook towards wealth creation, high value adding, and wellness in society.
Course Code : TECHNOP 101
Course Units : 3 units
Pre-requisites > none
Course Outcomes and Relationships to Student/Program Outcomes
Course Intended Learning Outcomes Student/Program Outcomes
After completing the course, the student) a | b[cldile. f gihli poki ds
must be able to:
1. Define market needs /
2. Define competitive and differentiated / j
product _
3. Identify strategies to form design and /
execution team ~ | _
4. Design Strategic Plan and initial year /
operational plan . |
5. Pitch idea to raise funds enough to /
create first product and perform validation Ld
Learning Plan
Week | CILO | Topics Teaching and Assessment Tasks
_ Learning Activities
1 4,2,3 Introduction: Team formation, Individual/ Group
Entrepreneurial Lecture Environmental | Presentation, video
Mindset, Team Scanning and ldeation | presentation, reflection
Formation, Innovation
and Ideas, Products
and Services
2 1,2 Customers Technology Focus Reflection/ Journal/
(invited speakers and/ | Video Blog
i 7 _ or videos) = /
3412 Value Proposition Lecture Group presentation
4 1,2 Market Identification Competitive Market Group presentation
_ and Analysis Survey
5 2 Creating Competitive Competitive Market Group presentation/
Advantage Analysis product comparison
matrix
6 2,3,4 Business Models | Business Model Group Presentation
Workshop, Product
Attribute and Value
PSG for BSCE Page 119 of 120
---
## PDF Page 155
[View the original scanned page 155](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=155)
**Sample course-coverage table (continued):**
| Week | Course Outcome/s | Topics | Teaching/Learning Activities | Assessment |
|---:|---|---|---|---|
| 7 | 2,4 | Introduction to Intellectual Property | Patent Search | Patent Search Report |
| 8 | 4,5 | Execution and Business Plan | Project Management/Planning, SCRUM | Milestone/Work Breakdown Structure |
| 9 | 4,5 | Financial Analysis and Accounting | Basic Finance and Accounting Workshop, Cash Flow Board Game | Balance Sheet, Cashflow Statements, 3-year projection |
| 10 | 4,5 | Raising Capital | Demo Day, Start Up Weekend, Pitching Activity | Elevator Pitch, Venture Pitch |
| 11 | 2 | Ethics and social responsibility & globalization | Case Studies | Case Study Report |
**Grading System:**
(Include standard grading system of HEI and rubrics (if applicable)
**References:**
1. *The Art of the Start: The time-tested, battle-hardened guide for anyone starting anything*, Kawasaki, Guy; ISBN: 1591840562, Portfolio — a member of Penguin Group; 2004
2. *Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise*, Dorf, Richard, Byers, Thomas, and Nelson, Andrew; ISBN 978-0073380186; 3rd Edition, 2009
3. C. R. Carlson and W.W. Wilmot, “Innovation. The five disciplines for creating what customers want”, Crown Business (August 8, 2006).
4. Rich Dad Series by Robert Kiyosaki
5. The Start-Up Playbook by David S. Kidder
6. *Go Negosyo* by Joey Concepcion: 21 steps on how to start your own business
7. By Dean Pax Lapid and Ping Sotto
8. The Lean Startup by Eric Ries
9. Zero to One by Peter Thiel
10. Market Research on a Shoestring by Naeem Zafar
**On-line Resources:** Technopreneurial.com
**Course Policies and Standards:**
(Include policies regarding deadline of submission of requirements, absences and tardiness in attending classes, missed exams, etc.)
*PSG for BSCE — Annex III, Page 120 of 120.*
---
## PDF Page 156
[View the original scanned page 156](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=156)
ANNEX IV
LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BS CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
A. PHYSICAL / NATURAL SCIENCES
1. CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS
PSG for BSCE
i Experiment _Equipment / Chemicals T Quanity __
Calorimetry Thermometer 5 pcs
250 mi Beaker 5 pcs
Test Tubes 60 pcs
Stirring Rod 5 pes
Filter paper 5 pes
Ice cubes i
HCI solution
NaOH solution
NaOH pellets
Heats of Combustion Bomb calorimeter 1 pe
Fuse wire
Solid fuels (e.g. granulated
charcoal, rice husk,
sawdust)
Metals and Some Aspects | Petri Dish 5 pcs
of Corrosion Test Tubes 60 pes \
Graduated cylinder 5 pes
Syringe 5 pcs
Stirring Rod 5 pcs
lron Stand and Ring 5 pcs
Wire gauze 5 pcs
Bunsen Burner 5 pcs
Mg ribbon
Zn pellets
Fe fillings
Cu wire
Sn shavings
Pb pellets
Fe nails
Agar-agar powder
Magnesium Nitrate
Zinc Nitrate
lron Natrate
Copper Nitrate
Lead Nitrate
Tin Chloride
Potassium Ferrocyante
Phenoiphthaiein
Page 1 of 24
---
## PDF Page 157
[View the original scanned page 157](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=157)
**ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment and Resources**
**1. Chemistry for Engineers (laboratory exercises, continued)**
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment / specification | Required quantity (as printed) |
|---|---|---|
| Mechanical Properties of Materials | Universal Testing Machine | 1 unit |
| Mechanical Properties of Materials | Metal rods | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Bunsen burner | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Tripod | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Wire gauze | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Erlenmeyer Flask | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Boiling chips | *Blank in source* |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Delivery tube | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Cork | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Beaker | 5 pcs |
| Water: Its Properties and Purification | Test tubes | 5 pcs |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | Amber Bottles | 10 pcs |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | Erlenmeyer Flasks | 5 pcs |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | Burette | 5 pcs |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | Phenolphthalein | *Blank in source* |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | Sulfuric acid solution | *Blank in source* |
| Determination of the Dissolved Oxygen Content of Water | DO meter, if available | *Blank in source* |
| Determination of Air Pollutants (e.g. cigarette smoke) | Erlenmeyer Flask | 5 pcs |
| Determination of Air Pollutants (e.g. cigarette smoke) | Glass Tubing | 5 pcs |
| Determination of Air Pollutants (e.g. cigarette smoke) | Cork | 5 pcs |
| Determination of Air Pollutants (e.g. cigarette smoke) | Cotton | *Blank in source* |
| Determination of Air Pollutants (e.g. cigarette smoke) | Pump | 2 units |
**2. PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS — SUGGESTED PHYSICS LABORATORY EXERCISES**
*(Pick 12 to relate with Covered Lecture Topics)*
| Exercise | Suggested equipment | Suggested quantity* |
|---|---|---|
| 1. An exercise to illustrate the principles, use, and precision of the vernier caliper and micrometer caliper | Ruler | 5 pcs. |
| 1. An exercise to illustrate the principles, use, and precision of the vernier caliper and micrometer caliper | Vernier caliper | 5 pcs. |
| 1. An exercise to illustrate the principles, use, and precision of the vernier caliper and micrometer caliper | Micrometer caliper | 5 pcs. |
| 1. An exercise to illustrate the principles, use, and precision of the vernier caliper and micrometer caliper | Objects for measuring | 5 sets |
| 2. An exercise to verify the graphical and analytical methods of determining resultant forces | Force table | 5 pcs. |
| 2. An exercise to verify the graphical and analytical methods of determining resultant forces | Weight holder | 20 pcs. |
| 2. An exercise to verify the graphical and analytical methods of determining resultant forces | Masses | 5 sets |
| 2. An exercise to verify the graphical and analytical methods of determining resultant forces | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 2. An exercise to verify the graphical and analytical methods of determining resultant forces | Protractor | 5 pcs. |
| 2. Alternate apparatus: same exercise | Force frame | 5 pcs. |
| 2. Alternate apparatus: same exercise | Spring balance | 15 pcs. |
| 2. Alternate apparatus: same exercise | Weight holder | 15 pcs. |
| 2. Alternate apparatus: same exercise | Masses | 5 sets |
| 2. Alternate apparatus: same exercise | Ruler | 5 pcs. |
*Each equipment row is explicitly associated with the laboratory exercise printed in the left-hand column. Blank quantities have not been converted to zero.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, printed Page 2 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 158
[View the original scanned page 158](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=158)
> **Transcription note:** Reconstructed against the scanned page. Equipment and printed quantity columns are kept in source order. Where line wrapping prevents reliable one-to-one quantity assignment, the quantities are preserved separately rather than assigned to a potentially incorrect apparatus. “Blank” refers to a blank printed field; it is not a zero.
### Physics laboratory apparatus — continuation
The first quantity printed above Exercise 3 is a continuation from the preceding page. It is retained here as a page-boundary note and **not assigned** to Exercise 3.
| Laboratory exercise (as printed) | Apparatus / specifications (source order) | Printed quantities (source order) | Association warning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 3. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of motion along the straight line | Linear air track with blower and trolley
Timer/stopwatch
Meter stick
Free fall apparatus
Metal balls of different sizes
Clamp
Support rod
Alternate apparatus:
Spark timer/ticker timer
Paper tape
Stopwatch
Plane board with stand
Clamp
Wooden cart
Scissors
Carbon paper
Masking tape
Meter stick | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
12 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
1 set
5 pcs. | Quantity line-wrapping prevents certain assignment for every item; verify source column. |
| [Unnumbered laboratory-exercise cell in scan, between 3 and 5] | Blackwood ballistic pendulum
Metal ball
Meter stick
Carbon paper
Inclined plane
Protractor
Alternate apparatus:
Projectile apparatus
Metal ball/plastic solid ball
Photogate
Timer/stopwatch
Time of flight receptor pad
Carbon paper
White paper
Meter-stick | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Number not visibly printed on the scanned page; do not invent “4.” |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion | Atwood’s machine
Masses
Stopwatch
String
Alternate apparatus:
Frictionless dynamic [continues onto page 159] | 5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Last apparatus line continues onto next page; its quantity needs confirmation against page 159. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 3 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 159
[View the original scanned page 159](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=159)
### ANNEX IV — Physics for Engineers: Suggested Laboratory Exercises
| Exercise | Suggested equipment | Suggested quantity* |
|---|---|---|
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | track (continuation from previous page) | 5 pcs. |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | Smart pulley | 5 pcs. |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | Stopwatch | 5 pcs. |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | Weight holder | 5 pcs. |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | String | 5 pcs. |
| 5. An exercise to verify the laws of motion (continued) | Clamp | *Blank in source* |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Friction board with pulley | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Friction block with different surfaces | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Glass plate of size similar to friction board | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Platform/triple beam balance | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Weight holder | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 6. An exercise to determine the coefficients of static and kinetic friction of various surfaces | Slotted masses, 5–500g | 5 sets |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Dynamic cart | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Frictionless dynamic track | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Masses | 5 sets |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Weight holder | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Clamp | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | String | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Timer/stopwatch | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Platform/triple beam balance | 5 pcs. |
| 7. An exercise to verify the work-energy theorem | Support rod | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Metal stand | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Clamp | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Metal ball | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | String | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Cutter blade | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Hanging mass | 5 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Carbon paper | 10 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | White paper | 10 pcs. |
| 8. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of mechanical energy | Masking tape | 1 set |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Ramp/launcher | 5 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Metal stand | 5 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Clamp | 5 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Metal balls of different sizes | 10 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Carbon paper | 10 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | White paper | 10 pcs. |
| 9. An exercise to verify the principles of conservation of momentum | Masking tape | 1 set |
*The first line is the continuation of laboratory exercise 5 from the preceding source page. The `Clamp` quantity in that continuation is not legible as a separate printed value and is recorded as blank rather than inferred.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, printed Page 4 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 160
[View the original scanned page 160](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=160)
### ANNEX IV — Physics for Engineers: Suggested Laboratory Exercises
| Exercise | Suggested equipment | Suggested quantity* |
|---|---|---|
| 10. An exercise to verify the condition of the body in rotational equilibrium | Demonstration balance | 5 pcs. |
| 10. An exercise to verify the condition of the body in rotational equilibrium | Vernier caliper | 5 pcs. |
| 10. An exercise to verify the condition of the body in rotational equilibrium | Platform/triple beam balance | 5 pcs. |
| 10. An exercise to verify the condition of the body in rotational equilibrium | Masses | 5 sets |
| 10. An exercise to verify the condition of the body in rotational equilibrium | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 11. An exercise to verify the forces involved in uniform circular motion | Centripetal force apparatus | 5 pcs. |
| 11. An exercise to verify the forces involved in uniform circular motion | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 11. An exercise to verify the forces involved in uniform circular motion | Mass with hook | 5 pcs. |
| 11. An exercise to verify the forces involved in uniform circular motion | Platform/triple beam balance | 5 pcs. |
| 11. An exercise to verify the forces involved in uniform circular motion | Stopwatch | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Clamp | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Masses | 5 sets |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Weight holder | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Meter stick | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Support rod | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Spring | 5 pcs. |
| 12. An exercise to verify the principle of simple harmonic motion | Alternate apparatus — Hooke’s Law apparatus | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Hydrometer jar | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — U-tube | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Inverted U-tube | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Beaker | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Masses | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Meter stick | 5 sets |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Vernier caliper | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Liquids — Specimen of liquids | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Beam balance | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Hydrometer jar | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Beaker | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Thread | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Thermometer | 5 pcs. |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Solids — Specimen of solids | 5 sets |
| 13. An exercise to measure specific gravity | Alternate apparatus — Mohr-Westphal Balance | 5 pcs. |
| 14. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of transverse wave motion | Sonometer | 5 pcs. |
| 14. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of transverse wave motion | Weight holder | 5 pcs. |
| 14. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of transverse wave motion | Set of masses | 5 pcs. |
| 14. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of transverse wave motion | Tuning forks of three [different frequencies, continued on next page] | 5 sets |
*Exercise 14 continues on the next source page. Descriptive words on an adjoining page are shown as a bracketed continuity note, not as a claim that they are printed here.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, printed Page 5 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 161
[View the original scanned page 161](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=161)
> **Transcription note:** Reconstructed against the scanned page. Equipment and printed quantity columns are kept in source order. Where line wrapping prevents reliable one-to-one quantity assignment, the quantities are preserved separately rather than assigned to a potentially incorrect apparatus. “Blank” refers to a blank printed field; it is not a zero.
### Physics laboratory apparatus — continuation
The initial three apparatus lines are the continuation of exercise 14 from PDF page 160; the exercise title is **not** repeated in this scanned page.
| Laboratory exercise (as printed) | Apparatus / specifications (source order) | Printed quantities (source order) | Association warning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 14. [Continuation from preceding page] | [... ] different frequencies
Rubber hammer
Meter stick | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
[Blank or not separately legible] | Opening line begins mid-phrase from page 160. |
| 15. An exercise to determine the specific heats of solids by the methods of mixture | Calorimeter
Stirrer for shot
Specimen for shot
Thermometer
Platform/triple beam balance
Beaker
ice
Water | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | Quantity lines opposite wrapped apparatus entries; retain source sequence; ice and water entries visibly unnumbered. |
| 16. An exercise to measure the coefficient of linear expansion | Thermal expansion apparatus
Steam generator
Ohmmeter/VOM
Connectors
Basin/container
Hot and cold water | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | No printed quantity following the last two entries. |
| 17. An exercise to measure the mechanical equivalent of heat | Mechanical equivalent of heat apparatus
Ohmmeter/VOM
Mass (10 kg)
Thermometer
Vernier caliper
Platform/triple beam balance | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Wrapped last apparatus name. |
| 18. An exercise to observe and verify the elements of electric charge | Van de Graff generator
Tissue paper
Aluminum foil
Metal conductor with insulated handle
Fluorescent lamp
Masking Tape
Power Source
Galvanometer
Conducting paper
Field mapper kit/mapping Apparatus
Connectors | 2 sets
2 sets
2 sets
2 sets
2 sets
1 set
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | The scan prints one more “2 sets” line than the distinct first four equipment names; exact association unresolved. |
| 19. An exercise to illustrate Ohm’s Law | Panel board/circuit board
VOM or multitester
DC power supply | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Exercise continues onto page 162. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 6 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 162
[View the original scanned page 162](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=162)
> **Transcription note:** Reconstructed against the scanned page. Equipment and printed quantity columns are kept in source order. Where line wrapping prevents reliable one-to-one quantity assignment, the quantities are preserved separately rather than assigned to a potentially incorrect apparatus. “Blank” refers to a blank printed field; it is not a zero.
### Physics laboratory apparatus — continuation
| Laboratory exercise (as printed) | Apparatus / specifications (source order) | Printed quantities (source order) | Association warning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 19. [Continuation from page 161] | Bridging plugs/connecting wires
Fixed resistor
SPST switch
SPDT switch
Alternate apparatus:
Bread board
Jumper | 5 sets
15 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | The first apparatus wraps across two printed lines; source quantities shown separately. |
| 20. An exercise to determine and compare the resistance of different conductors | 1-m slide wire/wheatstone bridge
Power supply
VOM or multitester
Galvanometer
Potentiometer
Fixed resistor
Unknown resistor
SPST switch
Connecting wires | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | The first apparatus wraps; association of final 5 sets to connecting wires requires direct source adjudication. |
| 21. An exercise to verify the principles of series and parallel connections | Panel board/circuit board
VOM or multitester
DC power supply
Bridging plugs/connecting wires
Fixed resistors
Alternate apparatus:
Bread board
Jumper | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
15 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | The long bridging entry wraps across two printed lines. |
| 22. An exercise to verify the relationship among the electromotive force, current, and resistance of cells in series and parallel | Dry cells
Switch
VOM or multitester
Resistors
Panel board/circuit board
Bridging plugs/connecting wires
Alternate apparatus:
Bread board
Jumper | 10 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
10 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 sets | Two printed columns have different line counts due to wrapped “Bridging” entry. |
| 23. An exercise to observe the applications of Kirchhoff’s Law | Power supply
Fixed resistors
VOM or multitester
Bridging [continued on page 163] | 10 pcs.
25 pcs.
10 pcs.
5 sets | Exercise continues on page 163. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 7 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 163
[View the original scanned page 163](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=163)
> **Transcription note:** Reconstructed against the scanned page. Equipment and printed quantity columns are kept in source order. Where line wrapping prevents reliable one-to-one quantity assignment, the quantities are preserved separately rather than assigned to a potentially incorrect apparatus. “Blank” refers to a blank printed field; it is not a zero.
### Physics laboratory apparatus — continuation
| Laboratory exercise (as printed) | Apparatus / specifications (source order) | Printed quantities (source order) | Association warning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 23. [Continuation from page 162] | plugs/connecting wires
Panel board/circuit board
Alternate apparatus:
Bread board
Jumper | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets | First apparatus is a continuation of “Bridging” on page 162; printed quantities retained in column order. |
| 24. An exercise to determine the electrical equivalent of heat | Electric calorimeter
Thermometer
Beam balance
Masses
Stop watch
VOM or multitester
Rheostat
DC power source
Connecting wires
Switch | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs. | Clearly row-associated in scan. |
| 25. An exercise to observe the relationships between resistance and capacitance in the circuit | Power source
Fixed capacitor (330 microfarad)
Fixed Resistor (100 ohms)
Connecting wires
VOM or multitester
Stopwatch | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Two wrapped apparatus descriptions cause ambiguous baseline pairing. |
| 26. An exercise to observe the principle of magnetic field | Natural magnets
Horseshoe magnets
Bar magnets
Ring
Glass plate
Iron fillings
Frame for bar magnets
Compass
Mounted straight wire
Coil
Solenoid
Battery
Reversing switch
Alternate apparatus:
Tesla meter / tangent galvanometer | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
10 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 sets
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
2 sets | Line breaks and alternate apparatus row preserved. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 8 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 164
[View the original scanned page 164](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=164)
> **Transcription note:** Reconstructed against the scanned page. Equipment and printed quantity columns are kept in source order. Where line wrapping prevents reliable one-to-one quantity assignment, the quantities are preserved separately rather than assigned to a potentially incorrect apparatus. “Blank” refers to a blank printed field; it is not a zero.
### Physics laboratory apparatus — continuation
| Laboratory exercise (as printed) | Apparatus / specifications (source order) | Printed quantities (source order) | Association warning |
|---|---|---|---|
| 27. An exercise to demonstrate the Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction | Coils
Galvanometer
VOM or multitester
AC power supply
Bar magnets
Connecting wires | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Six vertically aligned equipment–quantity rows. |
| 28. An exercise to verify the law of reflection and refraction | Optics bench
Light source, sodium/mercury lamps
Ray table and base
Component holder
Slit plate
Slit mask
Ray optics mirror
Cylindrical lens | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | “Light source” wraps; check quantities from scan rather than assume adjacency. |
| 29. An exercise to investigate and study the image formation in mirror and lenses | Optic bench
Light source
Ray table and base
Component holder
Parallel ray lens
Slit plate
Ray optics mirror
5 cm focal length spherical mirror
-15cm focal length concave lens
10cm/7.5 cm focal length convex lens
15 cm focal length convex lens
Viewing screen
Crossed arrow target | 5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
15 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs. | Multiple wrapped optical component names; last two source quantity fields appear blank. |
### 3. ALLIED AND PROFESSIONAL COURSES
#### 1. FUNDAMENTALS OF SURVEYING
The surveying equipment table is transcribed separately because **each quantity/unit is in a dedicated printed column**.
| Laboratory exercise | Specifications | Minimum Required Quantity* | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 1. Determination of Pace Factor | Tape (Steel, Vinyl or Fiberglass, 30m or more) | 5 | pcs. |
| 2. Measuring Distances on Level and Sloping Surfaces with a tape | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| [same exercise] | Plumb Bob | 5 | pcs. |
| [same exercise] | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| [same exercise] | Steel Tape (30 meters.) | 5 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 9 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 165
[View the original scanned page 165](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=165)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Fundamentals of Surveying (continued)
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 3. Closed Traverse with a Compass | Compass | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| 4. Differential Leveling | Engineer’s Level or Dumpy Level or Tilting Level or Self Leveling or Automatic Level | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Leveling Rod | 10 | pcs. |
| 5. Orientation of Engineer’s Transit and Theodolite (a. Setting; b. Measuring angles by repetition; c. Determination of Height of a point; d. Prolonging a line) | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Plumb Bob | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 6. Topographic Survey | Engineer’s Level or Dumpy Level or Tilting Level or Self Leveling or Automatic Level | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Stadia Rod | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 1 | pc. |
| — | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| 7. Triangulation Survey | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Closed Traverse | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 1 | pc. |
| 9. Closed Traverse with GPS | Global Positioning System Set | 1 | pc. |
| 10. Measuring Discharge | Current Meter | 1 | pc. |
| — | Meter Stick | 1 | pc. |
| — | Tape | 1 | pc. |
| 11. Hydraulic Survey | Depth Measuring Apparatus | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Flags | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Stop Watch | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 1 | pc. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 165*
---
## PDF Page 166
[View the original scanned page 166](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=166)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Surveying (continued)
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| *11. Hydraulic Survey (continued from page 165)* | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| 12. Determination of Latitude, Longitude and Elevation | Global Positioning | 1 | pc. |
| — | System Set | 1 | pc. |
### Additional Surveying Exercises
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 1. Layout of Simple Curve by Deflection, Tangent Offset and when Obstruction are present | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape (Steel, Vinyl, or Fiberglass, 30 meters or more) | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 2. Layout of a Compound or Reverse Curve | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 3. Staking Out a Vertical Parabolic Curve | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Stadia / Leveling Rod | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 4. Survey and Layout of Proposed Civil Works Structure | Batter Board | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Stadia / Leveling Rod | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Engineer’s Level | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Plumb Bob | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 5. Determination of Alignment of Civil Work Structure | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 6. Highway Profile Survey | Engineer’s Level or Dumpy Level or Tilting Level or Self Leveling or Automatic Level | 5 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 166*
---
## PDF Page 167
[View the original scanned page 167](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=167)
### ANNEX IV — Surveying laboratory equipment (continued)
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 6. Highway Profile Survey (continued) | Stadia / Leveling Rod | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Marking Pins | 60 | pcs. |
| — | Range Pole | 10 | pcs. |
| — | Tape | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Theodolite, 1 minute | 1 | pc. |
| — | Engineer’s Transit | 4 | pcs. |
| 7. Determination of Volumes with Prismoidal correction (Actual Computation and using a Computer Software) | Planimeter | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Computer Software | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Preparation of Mass Diagram (Actual Computation and using a Computer Software) | Computer Software | 1 | pc. |
### 2. MATERIALS TESTING
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 1. Determination of specific gravity, water absorption, and density of aggregates and fillers | Absorbent cloth, dry, soft | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Balance, 3 kg. cap., 0.1 acc | 1 | pc. |
| — | Container | 1 | pc. |
| — | Glass vessel / jar, wide mouth 1.5 L capacity | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Oven, therm. Controlled | 1 | pc. |
| — | Sieve, 3/8” | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Thermometer, 0 – 50 C | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Tray | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Wire / Density basket, 0.25” Mesh (max) (6.5 mm) | 5 | pcs. |
| 2. Determination of moisture Content of aggregates | Air tight container or Dessicator, 3 kg cap. | 1 | pc. |
| — | Balance, 3 kg cap, 0.5 g acc. | 1 | pc. |
| — | Oven, therm. Controlled | 1 | pc. |
| — | Sieve, standard | — | — |
| — | Coffee cans | 5 | pcs. |
| 3. Making and curing of concrete Test specimens | Air content apparatus: Standard | 1 | pc. |
| — | Air content apparatus: Chace type | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Balance | 1 | pc. |
| — | Beam molds, 6”×6”×21” | 6 | pcs. |
| — | Cement mold brush | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Measuring tape / ruler | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Pail, 1.5 kg capacity | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Sampling & mixing receptacle, 48” × 48” × 3” (min.) | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Scoop | 2 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 167*
---
## PDF Page 168
[View the original scanned page 168](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=168)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Materials Testing (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment specification | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 3. Making and curing of concrete test specimens (continued) | Shovel, 1.5 kg capacity | 4 | pcs. |
| — | Slump apparatus, std. | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Straight edge | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Tamping rods | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Trowel | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Cylindrical mold, 6” dia × 12” | 6 | pcs. |
| — | Wood float | 2 | pcs. |
| 4. Determination of Compressive Strength of cylindrical concrete Specimen | Compressive testing machine, 50 tons capacity | 1 | pc. |
| — | Capping apparatus | 1 | set |
| — | Deformation indicating device | 1 | pc. |
| 5. Determination of setting Time of hydraulic cement | Balance, accurate to 0.1 g | 1 | pc. |
| — | Gillmore or Vicat apparatus | 3 | sets |
| — | Graduated cylinder, 200 ml. | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Mixing Container | 3 | pcs. |
| — | No. 200 Sieve | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Scoop & Spatula (1 each) | 3 | sets |
| — | Stop watch | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Set of weights | 3 | sets |
| 6. Penetration of bituminous Materials / Centrifuge test extraction (alternate) | Penetration apparatus w/ needles | 1 | set |
| — | Sample container (70 mm. Diam. × 45 mm depth) | 1 | pc. |
| — | Thermometer | 1 | pc. |
| — | Stop watch | 1 | pc. |
| — | Transfer dish | 1 | pc. |
| — | Weights, 100 g. | 1 | pc. |
| 7. Determination of modulus of rupture of concrete beam | Compressive testing machine | 1 | pc. |
| — | Dial gage | 1 | pc. |
| — | Flexure loading & reaction set For concrete beam | 1 | set |
| 8. Determination of tensile Strength of concrete cylinder (Split Tension or Equivalent) | Bearing flat bars | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Bearing wooden blocks/plywood | — | — |
| — | Strips | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Compressive testing machine | 1 | pc. |
| — | Measuring tape / device | 1 | pc. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 168*
---
## PDF Page 169
[View the original scanned page 169](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=169)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Materials Testing (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment specification | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 9. Test of wood: a. static bending | Comp. testing mach., 5 – 10T cap. | 1 | pc. |
| — | Deformation indicator / dial gage | 1 | pc. |
| — | Loading & reaction set – up | 1 | set |
| 9. Test of wood: b. comp. perpendicular to grain | Loading & reaction set – up | 1 | set |
| 9. Test of wood: b. comp. parallel to grain | Loading & reaction set – up | 1 | set |
| 9. Test of wood: d. shear parallel to grain | Loading & reaction set – up | 1 | set |
| 9. Test of wood: e. moisture cont. determination | Balance, 3 kg. Cap. 0.1 g acc. | 1 | pc. |
| — | Oven, thermo. Controlled | 1 | pc. |
| 10. Determination of Compressive Strength of Concrete hollow blocks | Compressive testing machine | 1 | pc. |
| — | Dial gage | 1 | pc. |
| — | Compression block / plywood strip | 2 | pcs. |
| 11. L.A. Abrasion Test | L.A. Abrasion Test Apparatus | — | — |
| 12. Marshall or Hveem Test of asphalt | See attached sheet | — | — |
| 13. Tensile test of steel bars | See attached sheet | — | — |
**Lab. Exercise Title:** Marshall or Hveem Test of Asphalt
**Objective:** To determine the resistance to deformation and cohesion of bituminous mixtures.
**Procedure Abstracts:** [No text printed after this label.]
**Equipment Required:**
| Equipment | Qty. per group |
|---|---|
| Marshall test set | 1 set |
| For Hveem Test: Stabilometer | 1 pc. |
| Compression testing machine | 1 unit |
| Test specimen device | 1 pc. |
| Oven | 1 pc. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 169*
---
## PDF Page 170
[View the original scanned page 170](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=170)
**Equipment required for previous exercise (continued):**
| Equipment | Quantity per group |
|---|---|
| Calibration cylinder, hollow metal, 4 in. outside diameter by 5.5 in. high | 1 pc. |
### Laboratory Exercise: Determination of Compressive Strength of Concrete Hollow Blocks
**Objective:** To determine the compressive strength of concrete hollow blocks.
**Procedure Abstract:** [Source field blank.]
| Equipment Required | Qty. per group |
|---|---|
| Compressive testing machine | 1 unit |
| Dial gage | 1 pc. |
| Compression block / plywood strip | 2 pcs. |
### Laboratory Exercise: Tensile Test of Steel Bar
**Objective:** To determine the tensile strength of steel bar.
**Procedure Abstract:** [Source field blank.]
| Equipment Required | Qty. per group |
|---|---|
| Tensile testing machine | 1 unit |
| Loading and reaction set-up for steel bar | 1 set-up |
| Dial gage | 1 pc. |
### 3. Hydraulics
| Laboratory Exercises | Specifications | Minimum Required Quantity** | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 1. Discharge measurement using Volumetric tank | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| 1. Discharge measurement using Volumetric tank | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| 1. Discharge measurement using Volumetric tank | Volumetric Tank | 1 | pc. |
| 1. Discharge measurement using Volumetric tank | Weighing Scale | 1 | pc. |
| 2. Discharge measurement using different types of weirs | Flume, Tilting | 1 | set |
| 2. Discharge measurement using different types of weirs | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| 2. Discharge measurement using different types of weirs | Set of weirs (sharp crested, v-notch, trapezoidal) | 1 | set |
| 3. Discharge measurement | Flume, Tilting | 1 | set |
| 3. Discharge measurement | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| 3. Discharge measurement | Orifice | 1 | pc. |
*The printed description of exercise 3 ends at “Discharge measurement” on this page and is continued, if at all, on the following source page.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, Page 15 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 171
[View the original scanned page 171](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=171)
**ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment and Resources (continuation: Hydraulics)**
**Continuation of exercise 3, “Discharge measurement,” from PDF page 170:**
| Laboratory exercise | Specification / equipment | Minimum required quantity | Unit |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 3. Discharge measurement (continued) | Plumb Bob | 1 | pc. |
| 3. Discharge measurement (continued) | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| 3. Discharge measurement (continued) | Vernier Caliper | 1 | pc. |
| 3. Discharge measurement (continued) | Volumetric Tank or Equivalent | 1 | pc. |
| 4. Open channel flow | Flume, Tilting | 1 | set |
| 4. Open channel flow | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| 4. Open channel flow | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| 4. Open channel flow | Volumetric Tank or Equivalent | 1 | pc. |
| 5. Measurement of Water Hammer | Water Hammer Set-Up or Equivalent | 1 | set |
| 6. Measurement of Hydraulic Jump | Flume, Tilting | 1 | set |
| 6. Measurement of Hydraulic Jump | Model Dam (to fit the flume) With sluice gate or spillway | 1 | set |
| 6. Measurement of Hydraulic Jump | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| 6. Measurement of Hydraulic Jump | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| 6. Measurement of Hydraulic Jump | Volumetric Tank or Equivalent | 1 | pc. |
| 7. Determination of Metacenter of Body | Metacentric height apparatus | 3 | sets |
| 7. Determination of Metacenter of Body | Measuring Stick | 3 | pcs. |
| 7. Determination of Metacenter of Body | Set of Weights | 3 | sets |
| 7. Determination of Metacenter of Body | Suitable Tanks | 3 | pcs. |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Flume, Tilting | 1 | set |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Manometer | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Meter Stick | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Pitot Tube | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| 8. Velocity Measurement Using Pitot Tube | Volumetric Tank or Equivalent | 1 | pc. |
| 9. Determination of center of pressure | Hydrostatic pressure apparatus | 3 | sets |
| 9. Determination of center of pressure | Measuring Stick / Tape | 3 | pcs. |
| 9. Determination of center of pressure | Set of Weights | 3 | sets |
| 9. Determination of center of pressure | Water Supply | *Blank in source* | *Blank* |
| 10. Analysis of Pipe Network | Manometer | 1 | set |
| 10. Analysis of Pipe Network | Peizometer taps / pressure gages | 1 | set |
| 10. Analysis of Pipe Network | Pipe Assembly | 1 | set |
| 10. Analysis of Pipe Network | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
*Exercise 10 continues onto the following scanned page. The `Water Supply` entry for exercise 9 has no printed numerical quantity or unit. Those are deliberately not inferred.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, printed Page 16 of 24.*
---
---
## PDF Page 172
[View the original scanned page 172](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=172)
**ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment and Resources (continuation)**
**3. Hydraulics (conclusion):**
| Laboratory exercise | Specification / equipment | Minimum required quantity | Unit |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 10. Analysis of Pipe Network (continued) | Volumetric Tank | 1 | pc. |
| 11. Demonstration of seepage | Aquarium, glass or fiber glass | 1 | pc. |
| 11. Demonstration of seepage | Model Dam (to fit the aquarium) | 1 | pc. |
| 11. Demonstration of seepage | KMnO4 solution or equivalent | 1 | L |
| 11. Demonstration of seepage | White Sand | *Blank in source* | *Blank* |
### 4. Soil Mechanics
**Laboratory exercise 1: Soil sampling and preparing of samples for testing**
The source groups the following equipment under three subprocedures. The subprocedure rows themselves have no quantity.
| Procedure / subsection | Specification / equipment | Minimum required quantity | Unit |
|---|---|---:|---|
| a. Soil Sampling, Labelling & Storage | Labelling Device | 1 | pc. |
| a. Soil Sampling, Labelling & Storage | Moisture tight bags / cans | 30 | pcs. |
| a. Soil Sampling, Labelling & Storage | Petrowax or Paraffin | *Blank in source* | *Blank* |
| a. Soil Sampling, Labelling & Storage | Shovel / Scoop, 1.5 kg. cap. | 3 | pcs. |
| a. Soil Sampling, Labelling & Storage | Soil Auger or post tool digger | 3 | pcs. |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Bal., 1 kg. cap., 0.1 g acc. | 1 | set |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Bal., 25 kg. cap., 1.0 g acc. | 1 | set |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Container w/ cover, 250 ml | 10 | pcs. |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | pc. |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Rubber Mallet or Rubber-Covered | *Blank in source* | *Blank* |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Pestle | 15 | pcs. |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Sample Splitter / Divider | 1 | set |
| b. Preparation of Disturbed Soil Sample for Test | Standard Sieves | 3 | sets |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Caliper | 2 | pcs. |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Cellophane or wax paper | *Blank in source* | *Blank* |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Thin walled sampler (2″ dia. max.) w/ extractor / ejector | 2 | sets |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Knife or Hacksaw | 2 | pcs. |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Ruler / Measuring Tape | 2 | pcs. |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Soil Lathe | 2 | sets |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Wire Saw | 2 | pcs. |
| c. Preparation of Undisturbed Soil Sample for Test | Miter box | 2 | pcs. |
*Do not treat a blank printed cell as zero or an unspecified unit. `KMnO4` transcribes the original printed formula without adding chemical subscripts absent from the scan.*
*PSG for BSCE — Annex IV, printed Page 17 of 24.*
---
---
## PDF Page 173
[View the original scanned page 173](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=173)
### ANNEX IV — Soil Mechanics (continued)
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 2. Determination of particle size by sieve analysis and hydrometer method — a. Sieve Analysis | Bal., 1 – 2 kg. cap, 0.1 g acc. | 1 | set |
| — | Bal., 25 kg. cap., 1 g acc. | 1 | set |
| — | Bristle Brush | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Set of Sieves | 3 | sets |
| — | Soil Sample Containers / Pans | 10 | pcs. |
| 2. Determination of particle size — b. Hydrometer Test | Balance, 0.01 g. accuracy | 1 | set |
| — | Beaker, 250 ml | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Distilled Water | — | — |
| — | Drying Oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Graduated Cylinder, 1000 ml | 6 | pcs. |
| — | Large Evaporating Dish / Drying Pan | 18 | pcs. |
| — | Mixer (1 set) or Stirring Rod, glass 3 mm diam, 250 mm long | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Sodium Silicate (deflocculating agent) | — | — |
| — | Soil Hydrometer (151 H or 152 H in ASTM Specification E 100) | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Spatula | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Stopwatch / Clock | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Thermometer, 10 to 50 C | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Wash – Water Bottle / Sprayer or Large syringe | 3 | pcs. |
| 3. Determination of Moisture Content of Soils | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g | 1 | set |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Drying Pans / cans (tin or Aluminum moisture cans w/ lids) | 20 | pcs. |
| — | Palette Knife / Spatula | 3 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 173*
---
## PDF Page 174
[View the original scanned page 174](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=174)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Soil Mechanics (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment specification | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 4. Determination of Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit of Soil: a. Liquid Limit Test | Balance, 0.01 g. acc. | 1 | set |
| — | Distilled Water | — | — |
| — | Drying cans / containers | 20 | pcs. |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Dessicator (Optional) | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Evap. dish / mixing bowl | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Grad. Cylinder, 100 ml cap. | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Liquid Limit device w/ grooving tool | 3 | pcs. |
| — | No. 40 Sieve | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Spatula & Straight Edge | 6 | pcs. |
| 4. Determination of Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit of Soil: b. Plastic Limit Test | Balance, 0.01 g. acc. | 1 | set |
| — | Dessicator (Optional) | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Distilled Water | — | — |
| — | Drying cans / containers | 20 | pcs. |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Evap. dish / mixing bowl | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Metal Tray | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Mixing Pan | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Rubber tipped Pestle / Mortar | 6 | pcs. |
| — | Scoop | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Grad. Cylinder, 100 ml cap. | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Ground glass plate, at least 30 cm (12”) square by 1 cm (3/8”) thick | 3 | pcs. |
| — | No. 40 Sieve | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Spatula | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Straight Edge / Ruler | 3 | pcs. |
| 5. Determination of Specific gravity | Balance, 0.01 g. acc. | 1 | set |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Evaporating Dish | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Large Beaker | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Mortar & Rubber Covered pestle | 1 | set |
| — | No. 10 Sieve | 2 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 174*
---
## PDF Page 175
[View the original scanned page 175](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=175)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Equipment: Soil Mechanics (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment specification | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 5. Determination of Specific gravity (continued) | Pychnometer (volumetric flask), cap. 50 ml or more | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Sample Divider / Splitter | 1 | set |
| — | Spatula | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Stirring Glass Rod, 1/4” diam., 12” in length | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Thermometer, 0 to 50 C | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Vacuum Pump (optional) | 1 | pc. |
| — | Wash – water bottle, 500 ml. cap | 5 | pcs. |
| 6. Field Density Test | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g. | 1 | set |
| — | Calibration Bucket, not less than 0.01 cu.ft. cap. (optional) | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Digging tools (chisels, hammers, picks, & spoons) | 3 | sets |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Guide Plate, 12” square by 3/16” thick w/ 6” diam hole in center | 3 | [printed unit unclear: “C”] |
| — | Metal Tray (excavated soil) | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Moisture Cans | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Sand Cone Apparatus / Rubber Balloon Set | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Spatula / pallete knife | 3 | Sets |
| — | Soil Anger | 3 | pcs. |
| 7. Soil Permeability Test (Constant & Falling Head Combined) | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g. | 1 | set |
| — | Constant – Head Filter Tank (Water Supply) | 1 | set |
| — | Graduated Cylinder or Flask, 500 ml. | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Mixing Pans | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Permeability Device Set Falling & Constant Head w/ accessories | 3 | sets |
| — | Scoop | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Sieve, Standard | 3 | sets |
| — | Thermometer, 0 to 50 C | 3 | pcs. |
| — | Stop watch | 3 | pcs. |
| 8. Compaction Test | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g. | 1 | set |
| — | Compaction Mold, Standard | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Drying oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| — | Dessicator | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Drying / Moisture cans | 30 | pcs. |
| — | Graduated Cylinder, 500 ml. | 5 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 175*
---
## PDF Page 176
[View the original scanned page 176](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=176)
### Laboratory equipment — Soil Mechanics (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Equipment specification | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| Compaction Test (continued from preceding page) | Compaction Rammer, Standard | 2 | sets |
| | Metal Trays | 5 | pcs. |
| | Mixing Pans | 5 | pcs. |
| | No. 4 Sieve | 2 | pcs. |
| | Rubber Tipped Pestle & Mortar | 2 | sets |
| | Scoops | 5 | pcs. |
| | Spatula | 5 | pcs. |
| | Straight Edge, 300 mm long | 5 | pcs. |
| **9. Unconfined Compression Test** | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g. | 1 | set |
| | Drying / Moisture Cans | 20 | pcs. |
| | Drying oven, Thermo. controlled | 1 | set |
| | Deformation Dial gage | 2 | pcs. |
| | Remolding Apparatus / Mat'ls. (plaster of Paris, grease, etc.) | 1 | set |
| | Soil Extractor / Ejector (tube sample) | 1 | set |
| | Soil Lathe | 1 | set |
| | Trimming Tools | 1 | set |
| | Stop Watch | 1 | set |
| | Unconfined Compression Device (ASTM D 2166 or equivalent) | 1 | set |
| **10. CBR Determination** | Balance, acc. to 0.01 g. | 1 | set |
| | CBR Compaction Mold, Standard with Extension Collar | 2 | pcs. |
| | Compaction Rammer, Standard | 2 | sets |
| | Dessicator | 2 | pcs. |
| | Disc, Spacer w/ Handle | 1 | pc. |
| | Dial Gages (acc. to 0.001”) | 2 | pcs. |
| | Expansion apparatus (Tripod w/ dial gage) optional | 1 | pc. |
| | Filter Paper, 15 cm diam. | 10 | pcs. |
| | Loading Machine, 5,000 lb. (min.) cap. rate 0.05 in/min | 1 | set |
| | Moisture cans | 20 | pcs. |
| | Mixing bowls / pans | 2 | pcs. |
| | Oven, Thermo. Controlled | 1 | set |
| | Penetration Piston | 1 | pc. |
| | Perforated Plate w/ Adjustable Stem | 1 | pc. |
| | Soaking Tank | 1 | set |
| | Surcharge Weights | 2 | pcs. |
| | Spatula | 2 | pcs. |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 21 of 24.*
---
## PDF Page 177
[View the original scanned page 177](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=177)
### Laboratory Equipment (continued)
| Laboratory exercise | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| *Previous laboratory exercise (continued)* | Straight Edge, Steel | 2 | pcs. |
| 11. Consolidation Test | See attached sheet. | — | — |
| 12. Direct Shear | Direct Shear testing machine, standard | 1 | pc. |
| | Specimen trimmer 2.5 in. dia. by 3/4 in. thick | 1 | pc. |
| | Apparatus for moisture content determination | 1 | pc. |
| 13. Standard Penetration Test | Drilling Equipment Set | 1 | set |
| | Split — spoon sampler | 1 | pc. |
| | Standard Penetration Test Set | 1 | set |
| | Pipe Linar | 40 | ft. |
| 14. Triaxial Test | Vacuum shear base and cap | 1 | pc. |
| | Rubber membrane — for holding sample | 1 | pc. |
| | Forming jacket, funnel, tampers — for molding sample | 1 | set |
| | Vacuum gage and source — for internal vacuum | 1 | set |
| | Loading machine to apply axial load | 1 | set |
**Lab. Exercise Title:** Consolidation Test
**Objective:** [No text printed after this label on the source page.]
**Procedure Abstract:** Compute the void ratio corresponding to 100 percent consolidation for each load. Plot a curve showing the void ratio as a function of the log of the stress. Compute the compression index and estimate the preconsolidation load.
**Equipment Required:**
| Item | Qty. per group |
|---|---|
| Consolidometer with micrometer dial gauge | 1 pc. |
| Loading machine capable of maintaining constant loads up to 2000 or 3000 lb. for long periods of time | 1 unit |
| Trimming knives, wire saws | 1 set |
| Trimming lathe or special cutter having same diameter as consolidation ring | 1 pc. |
| Glass plates, oven | 1 set |
| Balance 2000 g capacity, 0.1 sensitivity | 1 pc. |
| Graph paper, 5 cycle | 4 shts. |
| Stop watch | 1 pc. |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 177*
---
## PDF Page 178
[View the original scanned page 178](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=178)
### ANNEX IV — Laboratory Exercises: Direct Shear
**Exercises:** Direct Shear
**Objective:** To determine shear strength parameters, cohesion and angle of internal friction using the direct shear test.
**Procedure Abstract:**
A square or circular sample is placed inside the metal shear box. Normal force is applied from the top of the shear box by dead weights. Shearforce is applied to the side of the top half of the box to cause failure shear stress are computed. The direct the direct shear tests are repeated on similar samples at various normal stresses. The normal stresses and corresponding values of the failure shear stress is obtained from a number of tests are plotted in a graph from which the shear strength parameters are obtained.
**Equipment Required:**
| Equipment | Qty per group |
|---|---|
| Direct shear testing machine, standard | 1 pc. |
| Specimen trimmer 2.5 in. dia. by 3/4 in. thick | 1 pc. |
| Apparatus for moisture content determination | [Not visibly specified in this source block] |
### Mechanics of Fluid
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| 1. Determination of specific Gravity using U – tube | Beaker or Graduated Cylinder | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Funnels | — | — |
| — | Liquids of unknown specific density | — | — |
| — | Manometer Stand | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Measuring Stick | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Mercury Liquid | — | — |
| — | Plastic or Glass U – tubing | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Thermometer | 5 | pcs. |
| — | Water, distilled | — | — |
| 2. Pressure head measurement using manometer | Liquid Mercury | — | — |
| — | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| — | Manometer, diff. (plastic tubing) | 1 | set |
| — | Pipe Assembly or equivalent | 1 | set |
| 3. Determination of friction loss | Piezometer taps / pressure gages | — | — |
| — | Pipe Assembly | — | — |
| 4. Identification of laminar and turbulent flow using Reynold’s number | Reynolds Apparatus | 2 | sets |
| — | Stop Watch | 2 | pcs. |
| — | KMnO4 solution or equivalent | 500 | ml. |
| — | Volumetric / Gravimetric Discharge Measurement | 2 | sets |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 178*
---
## PDF Page 179
[View the original scanned page 179](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=179)
### Laboratory Equipment — Hydraulics (continued)
| Laboratory exercises | Specifications | Minimum required quantity | Units |
|---|---|---:|---|
| *Previous laboratory exercise (continued)* | Piezometer taps w/ manometer | 2 | sets |
| 5. Discharge measurement using venturimeter | Manometers | 2 | pcs. |
| | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| | Pipe Assembly | 1 | set |
| | Timing Device | 1 | pc. |
| | Venturimeter | 1 | pc. |
| | Volumetric / Gravimetric Discharge Measurement | 1 | set |
| 6. Weir Calibration | Flume Tilting | 1 | set |
| | Hook Gauge / Measuring Stick | 1 | pc. |
| | Stop Watch | 1 | pc. |
| | Set of Weirs | 1 | set |
| | Volumetric / Gravimetric Discharge Measurement | 1 | set |
| 7. Fall velocity of sphere | Balance | 1 | set |
| | Caliper | 2 | pcs. |
| | Liquid Samples (3 samples /set) | 2 | sets |
| | Meter Stick | 2 | pcs. |
| | Stop Watch | 2 | pcs. |
| | Spherical ball, 1/8” – ¼” dia. | 6 | pcs. |
| | Transparent Cylinders 6” diam x 24” or longer | 6 | pcs. |
| 8. Determination of Pump Efficiency | Meter Stick | 1 | pc. |
| | Pump, Motorized | 1 | set |
| | Calibrated water tank, elevated; Pressure gages / piezometer taps | 1 | set |
| | Stop Watch | 1 | pc. |
| | Thermometer | 1 | pc. |
| 9. Wind Tunnel (optional) | [No specifications listed on this page.] | — | — |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 179*
---
## PDF Page 180
[View the original scanned page 180](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=180)
### ANNEX V — SAMPLE SYLLABUS
*(Name of HEI)*
College of Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering
**Vision**
College envisions itself to become the leading Educational institution committed to Quality Education in the Philippines.
**Mission**
- **a.** Provide competent and morally upright faculty, state-of-the-art facilities and curriculum and instruction that are up-to-date and responsive to the dynamically changing local and international environment;
- **b.** Strengthen the commitment, compliance, work values, research and productivity, skills and community involvement of the faculty, staff and students; and
- **c.** Promote quality education that will impart knowledge and imbue students with values.
**Program Educational Objectives and their relationship to Mission**
*Within 3 to 5 years after graduation, the program expects that the Civil Engineering graduates will:*
| Program Educational Objectives | Mission a | Mission b | Mission c |
|---|:---:|:---:|:---:|
| 1.) Be able to impart essential knowledge, elements, tools and skills necessary to become successful engineers; | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| 2.) Develop students’ ability to recognize, formulate and solve civil engineering problems; and | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| 3.) Provide the students with a meaningful experience in research and design that are relevant to the civil engineering field. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 1 of 7.*
---
## PDF Page 181
[View the original scanned page 181](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=181)
### Course Syllabus in Civil Engineering
____ Semester, SY ________
**I. Course information**
| Item | Original syllabus text |
|---|---|
| Course Title | Mechanics of Deformable Bodies |
| Course Code | MDB |
| Credit Units | 4 units |
| Prerequisites | Statics of Rigid Bodies (SRB) |
| Co-requisites | Dynamics of Rigid Bodies |
**II. Course Description**
The course deals with the axial stress and strain; stresses for torsion and bending; combined stresses; beam deflections; indeterminate beams; and elastic instability.
**III. Program Outcomes and Relationships to Program Educational Objectives**
*A graduate of the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering program must attain:*
| Program outcome | PEO 1 | PEO 2 | PEO 3 |
|---|:---:|:---:|:---:|
| a) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, physical, life and information sciences; and engineering sciences appropriate to the field of practice. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| b) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| c) An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within identified constraints. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| d) An ability to work effectively in multi-disciplinary and multi-cultural teams. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| e) An ability to recognize, formulate, and solve engineering problems. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| f) Recognition of professional, social, and ethical responsibility. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| g) An ability to effectively communicate orally and in writing using the English language. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| h) An understanding of the effects of engineering solutions in a comprehensive context. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| i) An ability to engage in life-long learning and an understanding of the need to keep current of the developments in the specific field of practice. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| j) A knowledge of contemporary issues. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| k) An ability to use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| l) Knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
| m) An appreciation of “Filipino historical and cultural heritage” (based on RA 772) | | | |
*PSG for BSCE — Page 2 of 7.*
---
## PDF Page 182
[View the original scanned page 182](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=182)
### IV. Relationship of Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs) to Program Outcomes (PO)
*At the end of the course, the student should be able to:*
| CLO | Course learning outcome | a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m |
|---|---|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|:--:|
| CLO 1 | Describe/Understand the concepts of stress and strain; | ✓ | | | | ✓ | | | | | ✓ | | | |
| CLO 2 | Compute/Calculate stresses due to axial tension and compression, bending, shear, and torsion under plain and combined loading; and | ✓ | | | | ✓ | | | | | ✓ | | | |
| CLO 3 | Be able to relate the course to structural design. | ✓ | | | | ✓ | | | | | ✓ | | | |
### V. Course Coverage
| Date | Week | CLO 1 | CLO 2 | CLO 3 | Topic | Teaching & Learning Activities (TLA) | Assessment Methods/Tools | Target |
|---|---:|:--:|:--:|:--:|---|---|---|---|
| | 1 | ✓ | | | **Introduction & Static Equilibrium**; Pretest | Lecture; Group Discussion | Pretest | |
| | 2 | ✓ | | | **Simple Stress**; Compressive Stress; Tensile Stress; Shear Stress | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Seatwork | |
| | 3 | ✓ | | | Bear Stress; Thin-walled Cylinders | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
| | 4 | ✓ | ✓ | | **Simple Strain**; Stress-Strain Diagram; Hooke’s Law: Axial Deformation | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz; Seatwork | |
| | 5 | | | | **Preliminary Examination** | Problem Solving | Preliminary Examination | |
| | 6 | | ✓ | | Shearing Deformation | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving | Seatwork | |
*Printed sample syllabus — Page 3 of 7. The CLO–PO checkmark locations and the course-coverage rows above were transcribed by visual inspection of the source table.*
---
## PDF Page 183
[View the original scanned page 183](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=183)
### V. Course Coverage (continued)
| Date | Week | CLO 1 | CLO 2 | CLO 3 | Topic | Teaching & Learning Activities (TLA) | Assessment Methods/Tools | Target |
|---|---:|:--:|:--:|:--:|---|---|---|---|
| | 7 | | ✓ | ✓ | Statically Indeterminate Members | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving | Quiz; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
| | 8 | | ✓ | ✓ | Applications | Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
| | 9 | ✓ | ✓ | | Thermal Stress; Applications | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Seatwork | |
| | 10 | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | **Torsion**; Introduction and Assumptions; Derivation of Torsion Formula; Applications; Bolt Couplings; Torsion of Thin-Walled Tubes; Helical Springs | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz / Seatwork; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
| | 11 | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | **Shear and Moment in Beams**; Center of Areas; Shear and Moment Equations; Shear and Moment Diagrams; Moment of Inertia | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Seatwork | |
| | 12 | | | | **Mid Term Examination** | Problem Solving | Mid Term Examination | |
| | 13 | | ✓ | ✓ | Relations between Load, Shear and Moment; Point of Zero Shear and Moment | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
*Printed sample syllabus — Page 4 of 7. The source proceeds from week 13 here directly to week 15 on the next printed page; this transcription does not invent a missing week 14.*
---
## PDF Page 184
[View the original scanned page 184](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=184)
### V. Course Coverage (continued)
| Date | Week | CLO 1 | CLO 2 | CLO 3 | Topic | Teaching & Learning Activities (TLA) | Assessment Methods/Tools | Target |
|---|---:|:--:|:--:|:--:|---|---|---|---|
| | 15 | | ✓ | ✓ | Moving Loads; **Stresses in Beams**; Derivation of Flexure Formula – Flexure Stress | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Seatwork | |
| | 16 | | ✓ | ✓ | Applications; Economic Sections | Problem Solving; Board Work | Seatwork | |
| | 17 | | ✓ | ✓ | Unsymmetrical Beams; Horizontal Shearing Stress; Design for Flexure and Shear | Lecture; Group Discussion; Problem Solving; Board Work | Quiz; Examination | 50% of the students shall have a rating of at least 70% |
| | 18 | | | | **Final Examination** | Problem Solving | Final Examination | |
**Legend:** 1 – CO has minor contribution to PO; 2 – CO has moderate contributions to PO; 3 – CO has major contribution to PO.
### VI. Course Requirements
**Class standing requirements** (problem solving exercises, seatworks, assignments and oral presentations, group participation and evaluation) – Problem solving exercises are scheduled. Seatworks are unannounced and are usually given at the start or near the end of the lecture period. Problem set assignments are to solved through team effort to maximize peer tutoring and cooperative learning. Outputs are collected at the beginning of the next class session. Students will be required to do oral presentation of assignment solutions or any special topics. Individual contribution to group work will be rated by the instructor and by the co-group members.
*Printed sample syllabus — Page 5 of 7. Source wording is preserved, including “are to solved”. The source does not display a week-14 row here.*
---
## PDF Page 185
[View the original scanned page 185](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=185)
### Grading System
**GRADING SYSTEM FOR ALL COE SUBJECTS**
*Lecture and Laboratory Subjects*
The source displays an otherwise blank two-column **LECTURE | LABORATORY** table with the following formulas printed beneath it:
- **PRELIM GRADE (PG)** = 60% (PRELIM LECTURE GRADE) + 40% (PRELIM LAB GRADE)
- **MIDTERM GRADE (MG)** = 60% (MIDTERM LEC GRADE) + 40% (MIDTERM LAB GRADE)
- **FINAL GRADE (FG)** = 60% (FINAL LECTURE GRADE) + 40% (FINAL LABORATORY GRADE)
- **FINAL FINAL GRADE** = 1/3 (PG + MG + FG)
### VII. Learning Resources
**Textbook:** Singer, Ferdinand and Pytel, Andrew; *Strength of Materials*, 4th Edition, Harper Collins Publisher, 1987
**References:**
- Hibbeler, Russell C.; *Mechanics of Materials*, 6th Edition, Pearson/Prentice Publisher, 2005
- Higdon, Archie, et al., *Mechanics of Deformable Bodies*, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1989
**Online Reference and Journals**
### VIII. Class Policies
**Attendance:**
Attendance sheets will be passed around and the student is responsible to sign to prove his presence for that sessions. This is to monitor whether absences incurred by the student is still within the allowed number of absences for a course stipulated in the Student
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 185*
---
## PDF Page 186
[View the original scanned page 186](https://legacy.ched.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CMO-92-s.-2017-BS-Civil-Engineering.pdf#page=186)
Handbook. The only valid excuses for missing exam are illness requiring medical care or a personal/family emergency of a serious nature. For such, valid medical certificate and parent’s/guardian’s letter will be required and subjected to verification.
**Cooperative Learning:**
The goal is to have everyone learn more than they would have working alone. Nevertheless, individual work provides the foundation for productive and synergistic group work. Teams will be formed, with three or four students per team. These will be used in two ways. First, in-class discussion and reporting on assignments will be by group (whenever possible). Second, problem set assignments will be group activities but the submission of assignment outputs will be done individually. Presentation of output will be done on a rotation basis. All students will evaluate themselves and their fellow group members with respect to contributions to group function at least twice during the semester. This evaluation will contribute to the class standing portion of the course grade and will be used primarily in deciding borderline grades.
**Academic Honesty Policy:**
It is a part of your education to learn responsibility and self-discipline, particularly with regards to academic honesty. The most important issue of academic honesty is cheating. Cheating is defined to include an attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead the instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment. Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting as one’s own work the ideas or work of another.
All portions of any test, project, or final exam submitted by you for a grade must be your own work, unless you are instructed to work collaboratively. Specific requirements will be described for collaborative projects, but all work presented must be the work of members of that group. Research materials used must be properly cited. Cheating in a major course examination by a student will entail a failing mark of F for the given course. Cheating, dishonesty or plagiarism in papers and other works will entail zero (0) score for the said requirement.
| Prepared by | Evaluated by | Approved by | Noted by |
|---|---|---|---|
| Professor | Department Chairman, Civil Engineering | Dean, College of Engineering | Vice President for Academic Affairs |
*PSG for BSCE — Original PDF page 186*
---